Stock & Reference Guide

Transcription

1 Stock & Reference Guide

2 Stock & Reference Guide Boyd Metals of Fort Smith 600 South 7th Street P.O. Bo 89 Fort Smith, rkansas (479) Fa (479) Fa (479) (800) Boyd Metals of Joplin 027 Byers venue P.O. Bo 746 Joplin, Missouri (47) Fa (47) Fa (888) (800) Boyd Metals of Oklahoma City 6060 S.W. 44th Street P.O. Bo 940 Oklahoma City, OK (405) Fa (405) (866) Boyd Metals of Little Rock 4324 Mauney Road P.O. Bo 3297 Little Rock, rkansas (50) Fa (50) (866) Boyd Metals

3 Message From Our President Boyd Metals is proud to present our Stock and Reference Guide to metal products. We stock a wide range of the listed products and are ready to supply all noninventory items in a timely manner through our numerous contacts in the metals industry. Our goal is to be your complete metals supplier and processor. We encourage all of our associates and representatives to take all the steps necessary to satisfy you with the highest quality product at a competitive price. Take a few minutes and browse the Stock and Reference Guide and when you find an item that you need, call one of our sales people and they will be glad to help you with your requirements. Tom Kennon Mission Statement Boyd Metals is totally committed to providing our customers with the best overall service and value in the metals service center industry. We supply quality products at competitive prices, packaged properly and delivered in a timely manner. If we make an error we correct the problem quickly and to the customers satisfaction. Boyd Metals realizes our success has been based on dealing ethically and fairly with our customers, our employees and our vendors, with our future dependent upon how we honor those with whom we do business.

4 General Stock Book Information To enable this stock book to be more useful and easy to read, it is divided into eleven general sections, with a subinde for each section. lso, there is a Product Inde that encompasses the entire book to offer assistance in searching for particular types, forms, or shapes. While this book lists a vast collection of items and data, it is by no means a complete listing of every product produced or manufactured for distribution by the steel service center industry. The listed items in this book are not necessarily inventoried by Boyd Metals, but are a representation of products that are, in most cases, readily available. If you have a requirement for an item that is not listed in this book, contact a representative of Boyd Metals to check on the availability of that item. This book should be used for general information only. The data herein is generally accepted throughout the steel service center industry and is correct to the best of Boyd Metals knowledge. Boyd Metals is epressly not responsible for errors and/or omissions of the represented data and reserves the right to add or delete items or data without notice. It should be noted that all products are subject to standard tolerances and variations consistent with usual manufacturing and trade practices regarding dimensions, straightness, flatness, section, composition, and mechanical properties, and normal variations in surface and internal conditions of quality. ll products shall also be subject to deviations from tolerances and variations consistent with standard practical testing and inspection methods. It should also be noted that standard tolerances and variations may vary from manufacturer to manufacturer.

5 SECTION INDEX Section Description B C D E F G H I J K Structural Shapes Bars Plates Sheets Tubing & Pipe PVF Stainless Steel luminum Specialty Products Brass, Bronze, Copper Data

6 PRODUCT INDEX Product Page Product Page ngle luminum... H9 Carbon Steel... 2 Stainless Steel... G7 Beam luminum... H2 Carbon Steel... 2 Stainless Steel... G8 Channel luminum... H0 Carbon Steel... 9 Stainless Steel... G8 Epanded Metal luminum... I3 & I5 Carbon Steel... I2 & I3 Stainless Steel... G8 & I5 Epanded Metal Grating Carbon Steel... I6 Flat Bar luminum... H6 Brass... J6 Carbon Steel Cold Finished... B Hot Rolled... B6 Copper... J Stainless Steel... G Floor Plate luminum... H20 Carbon Steel... C8 Stainless Steel... G2 Grating luminum... I7 Carbon Steel... I7 Fiberglass... I2 Stainless Steel... I7 Half Rounds Stainless Steel... G Heagon Bar luminum... H5 Brass... J5 Carbon Steel Cold Finished... B6 Stainless Steel... G0 Perforated Metal luminum... I9 Carbon Steel... I8 Stainless Steel... I0 Pipe luminum... H27 Carbon Steel... E32 Stainless Steel... G2 Plate luminum... H8 Carbon Steel... C6 Stainless Steel... G3 Rail Carbon Steel... 4 Reinforcing Bar Carbon Steel... I Reinforcing Wire Mesh Carbon Steel... I

7 Product Page Product Page Round Bar luminum... H4 Brass... J3 Bronze... J7 Carbon Steel Cold Finished... B7 Hot Rolled... B0 T, G & P... B8 Copper... J0 Stainless Steel... G9 Safety Grating Carbon Steel... I Sheet luminum... H2 Carbon Steel Cold Rolled... D7 Hot Rolled... D5 Hot Rolled Pickled & Oiled... D5 Galvanized... D0 Stainless Steel... G6 Square Bar luminum... H5 Brass... J6 Carbon Steel Cold Finished... B5 Hot Rolled... B9 Copper... J Stainless Steel... G0 Tee luminum... H3 Carbon Steel... 4 Tubing luminum Rectangular... H26 Round... H24 Square... H26 Bronze Round... J8 Carbon Steel Rectangular... E29 Relift... E39 Round... E4 Square... E27 Stainless Steel Rectangular... G9 Round... G20 Square... G9 Universal Mill Plate Carbon Steel... C5 Valves & Fittings... F2

8 SECTION Structural Shapes Page Processing Services Standard I Beam 2 Junior Beams 2 Wide Flange Beams 3 H Pilings 8 Channels Bar Sizes 9 Channels Structural Sizes 0 Channels MC (Ship & Car) Channels Junior Sizes 2 ngles Bar Sizes 2 ngles Structural Sizes 3 Tees Bar Sizes 4 Rail SCE Sections 4

9 Structural Processing Services vailable Coping Galvanizing Miter Cutting Pickling & Oiling Painting Production Cutting Punching Rolling Saw Cutting to Length Tees Split From Beams

10 Standard I Beams STM 36 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 60 Ft. Nominal Size in S3 S4 S5 Weight per Foot Depth of Section B Flange Width C vg. Flange Thickness C B D D Web Thickness S S S S S S S S Junior Beams STM 36 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 40 Ft. Nominal Size in M6 M8 M0 M2 Weight per Foot Depth of Section B Flange Width C vg. Flange Thickness C B D D Web Thickness

11 3 Nominal Size in W4 W5 W6 W8 W0 Weight per Foot C vg. Flange Thickness B Flange Width Depth of Section D Web Thickness Wide Flange Beams STM 992 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 60 Ft. B C D

12 4 Wide Flange Beams STM 992 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 60 Ft. Nominal Size in W2 W4 Weight per Foot C vg. Flange Thickness B Flange Width Depth of Section D Web Thickness B C D

13 5 Wide Flange Beams STM 992 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 60 Ft. Nominal Size in W6 W8 W2 Weight per Foot C vg. Flange Thickness B Flange Width Depth of Section D Web Thickness B C D

14 6 Wide Flange Beams STM 992 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 60 Ft. Nominal Size in W24 W27 Weight per Foot C vg. Flange Thickness B Flange Width Depth of Section D Web Thickness B C D

15 7 Wide Flange Beams STM 992 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 60 Ft. Nominal Size in W30 W33 W36 W40 Weight per Foot C vg. Flange Thickness B Flange Width Depth of Section D Web Thickness B C D

16 HPilings STM 36 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 60 Ft. Nominal Size in HP8 Weight per Foot 36 Depth of Section 8.02 B Flange Width 8.55 C vg. Flange Thickness.445 C B D D Web Thickness.445 HP HP HP

17 Channels Bar Sizes B STM 36 vailable in 20 Ft. Lengths C Size in B C Weight Per Foot () /8.56 /8.68 /8.84 /8 9/6.6 /8.0 /8.2 9/6.44 /8.7 2 / / / / / () These weights may vary depending on producing mill. 9

18 Channels Structural Sizes STM 36 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 60 Ft. Depth in C3 Weight per Foot B Flange Width C Web Thickness B C C C C C C C C C C

19 Channels MC (Ship & Car) STM 36 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 60 Ft. Depth in MC3 MC4 MC6 MC7 MC8 MC9 MC0 MC2 MC3 MC8 Weight per Foot B Flange Width C Web Thickness B C

20 Channels Junior Sizes STM 36 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. and 40 Ft. Depth in MC8 MC0 MC2 Weight per Foot B Flange Width C Web Thickness B C ngles Bar Sizes STM 36 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. and 40 Ft. Size in B C Wt. Per Foot Size in B C C B Wt. Per Foot 5/8 5/8 /8 / / /8 7/8 5/8 7/8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 / /8 /8 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/

21 ngles Structural Sizes STM 36 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 60 Ft. Size in B C Wt. Per Foot Size in B C C B Wt. Per Foot /6 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/8 5/ /6 5/8 5/6 5/8 5/6 5/6 5/8 5/6 5/8 5/8 5/8 /

22 Tees Bar Sizes STM 36 vailable in 20 Ft. Lengths b t d Flange b Stem d Thickness t Weight Per Foot () () These weights may vary depending on producing mill. Rails SCE Sections New Billet Steel c b d Pounds Per Yard Section No Height in d /8 2 3/ Width of Base b /8 2 3/ Width of Head c /64 /32 /6 7/ /6 Length in Feet & & & 40 30, 33, 39 & & 40 30, 33, 39 & 60 4

23 SECTION B Bars Page Processing Services B Introduction to Bars Hot Rolled B2 Cold Finished B3 lloys B4 Hot Rolled Flats B6 Hot Rolled Squares B9 Hot Rolled Rounds B0 Cold Finished Flats B Cold Finished Squares B5 Cold Finished Heagons B6 Cold Finished Rounds B7 Turned, Ground and Polished Rounds B8

24 Bar Processing Services vailable Centerless Grinding Galvanizing Hard Chrome Plating Induction Hardening Miter Cutting Pickling & Oiling Production Cutting Production Shearing Rolling Saw Cutting to Length Trepanning Picture B

25 Product Introduction Hot Rolled Bars Merchant Quality M00/M020 M044 Low carbon, general purpose steels ( mild steel ) suitable for forming, welding, and many fabrication applications. Similar to C045 in strength and heattreatment properties but less costly. Commercial Grade STM 36 the standard specification for Hot Rolled Bars and Shapes. This grade is produced to a minimum yield of 36,000 psi with a tensile strength of 58,000/80,000 psi. Special Quality 08 & & Low carbon, general purpose steels produced to specific chemistries with predictable physical properties. Higher carbon levels increase strength and allow heat treatment for enhanced properties. (Spring Steel) High mechanical properties due to a high carbon content. Can be heattreated to very high tensile and yield values. B2

26 Product Introduction Cold Finished Bars Cold Finished carbon steel bars are produced from hot rolled special bar quality stock by means of several different cold finishing processes: COLD DRWING, TURNING & POLISHING, TURNING, GRINDING & POLISHING, and COLD ROLLING. The primary purpose of cold finishing is to improve: surface quality, dimensional accuracy and straightness, machinability, and overall mechanical properties /045 7 L7 4/44 2L4 25 low carbon steel with medium manganese content, suitable for applications where high stresses are not involved. medium carbon steel used etensively in induction hardening applications. low carbon, high manganese steel with good machining and carburizing properties. Withstands bending, broaching, and most deforming without cracking. The addition of.5 to.35% LED to the 7 chemistry greatly improves machinability without sacrificing other physical properties. medium carbon, high manganese steel with free machining qualities. These grades are recommended for parts requiring greater strength and/or wear resistance than can be obtained from lower carbon steels. Stressproof higher strength, stress relieved bar without heat treatment is readily machinable with minimum distortion. Fatigueproof higher strength than stressproof achieved by mechanical working and thermal treatment. Eliminates need for heat treating and secondary operations such as straightening. Readily machinable with low residual stress. lead bearing steel with superior machine rates and ecellent physical properties. It is a favorite grade for automatic screw machine work. This fast cutting steel is the standard screw stock. The machine finish is smooth and bright. B3

27 Product Introduction lloy Bars 440/450 ETD 50 4L40/4L widely used medium carbon alloy steel. true general purpose, low cost alloy bar. With nominal composition of.95% chromium and.20% molybdenum content, a broad range of strength and toughness is attainable through heat treatment. This alloy has good hardenability, strength, wear resistance, toughness, and ductility. It is made by the elevated temperature drawing process to obtain properties and strengths usually achieved only by quenching and tempering. No heat treating is required properties are inthebar as received. This steel machines faster than heat treated bars and compares favorably with cold drawn 440 annealed. n annealed free machining direct hardening alloy with medium carbon content. With the addition of.5%.35% lead, this alloy can be quenched and tempered to a wide range of strength levels with little loss in machinability. highly alloyed steel with nominal composition of.80% nickel,.80% chromium, and.25% molybdenum content that assures deep hardness when oil quenched, with high strength characteristics attained throughout the section. This alloy is used for heavily stressed parts. The most widely used of all case hardening alloys. true general purpose, low cost, low carbon, oil hardened steel with good core properties. nominal composition is balanced with.55% nickel,.50% chromium,.20% molybdenum. For more etensive data concerning hot rolled, cold rolled, and alloy bars refer to the data section of this catalog. B4

28 Product Introduction lloy Bars 86L20 Similar to 8620, ecept with the addition of lead, this steel becomes an ecellent free machining, case hardening steel. This alloy develops a uniformly hard case supported by a tough, ductile core and has relatively low distortion in heat treatment. For more etensive data concerning hot rolled, cold rolled, and alloy bars refer to the data section of this catalog. B5

29 B6 Hot Rolled Flats vailable in 20 Ft. Lengths / / Size in Size in Weight Per Foot Weight Per Foot /

30 B7 Hot Rolled Flats vailable in 20 Ft. Lengths 5/ Size in Size in Weight Per Foot Weight Per Foot /

31 Hot Rolled Flats vailable in 20 Ft. Lengths Size in Weight Per Foot Size in Weight Per Foot B8

32 Hot Rolled Squares vailable in 20 Ft. Lengths Size in 7/6 9/6 5/8 7/8 Weight Per Foot Size in Weight Per Foot / B9

33 Hot Rolled Rounds STM 36 vailable in Lengths 20 Ft. to 40 Ft. Diameter in 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 7/8 5/6 /8 5/8 7/ Weight Per Foot Size in Weight Per Foot Forged and roughturned rounds available up to 24 diameter. Please inquire. B0

34 B Cold Finished Flats vailable in 2 Ft. Random Lengths /8 5/6 5/8 7/8 / /8 7/8 /8 7/ /8 7/8 /8 5/ /8 7/ Size in Size in Weight Per Foot Weight Per Foot

35 B2 Cold Finished Flats vailable in 2 Ft. Random Lengths 5/6 5/ /6 5/8 7/8 /8 5/ /8 7/8 /8 5/ / Size in Size in Weight Per Foot Weight Per Foot

36 B3 Cold Finished Flats vailable in 2 Ft. Random Lengths 5/ /8 / / Size in Weight Per Foot / / /8 Size in Weight Per Foot

37 Cold Finished Flats vailable in 2 Ft. Random Lengths Size in Weight Per Foot Size in Weight Per Foot B4

38 Cold Finished Squares vailable in 2 Ft. Random Lengths Size in /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 /8 5/8 Weight Per Foot Size in 7/8 2 2/ Weight Per Foot B5

39 Cold Finished Heagons vailable in 2 Ft. Random Lengths Size in 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 /6 /8 Weight Per Foot Size in 5/8 /6 7/ / Weight Per Foot B6

40 Cold Finished Rounds vailable in 2 Ft. & 20 Ft. Random Lengths Diameter in /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 Weight Per Foot Diameter in 2 27/8 25/6 3 3/6 3/ /6 3 37/6 3 39/6 35/8 3/ /8 35/6 4 4/ /6 4 45/8 4 47/8 45/6 Weight Per Foot /6 2/ /6 2 27/6 2 29/6 25/8 2/ B /6 5 55/8 5 57/8 55/ Diameters over 6 are available turned and polished. Please inquire.

41 Turned, Ground, & Polished Rounds () vailable in 2 Ft., 20 Ft. & 24 Ft. Lengths Diameter in /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 /8 5/6 7/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 2 2/ /6 2 25/8 2/6 2 27/8 25/6 Weight Per Foot Diameter in /6 3 3/6 3 35/ / /6 5 57/ / Weight Per Foot () Diameters less than are drawn, ground, & polished. B8

42 SECTION C Plates Page Processing Services C Introduction to Plate C2 Universal Mill Plates C5 Hot Rolled Plates C6 Floor Plates C8

43 Plate Processing Services vailable Blanking Flame Cutting Galvanizing Grinding Laser Cutting Pickling & Oiling Plasma Cutting Production or Singles Punching Rolling & Forming Shearing Water Jet Cutting C

44 Structural Quality Plates Product Introduction Plates STM 283 STM 36 STM 572 STM 242 STM 588 STM 656 general purpose, lowcost structural quality plate that has satisfactory forming, machining, and welding characteristics. structural quality carbon steel for use in welded, bolted, or riveted construction of bridges and buildings, and for general structural purposes. Produced with a minimum yield point of 36,000 psi, 36 is stronger than can be used to design lighter weight structures and equipment, and provide good weldability. the most economical of the high strength, low alloy steels. This alloy provides high strength, good workability, and weldability at a moderate price. 572 has a minimum yield point of 50,000 psi and has the same corrosion resistance as that of plain carbon steel. 242 has a minimum yield point of 50,000 psi but also offers a corrosion resistance of four times that of plain carbon steel. CORTEN conforms to 242 specifications. Similar to 242 but with a modified chemistry, 588 also offers high strength and corrosion resistance. CORTEN B conforms to 588 specifications. low alloy, hot rolled, controlled cooled steel used for applications where high strength along with toughness, formability, weldability, and fatigue resistance are required. 656 has a minimum yield point of 80,000 psi. HIFORM 80 conforms to 656. C2

45 Product Introduction Plates Pressure Vessel Quality Plates STM 285 STM 55 STM 56 popular, moderate strength steel for stationary service vessels and boilers. This alloy has ecellent formability and weldability. More strength than 285 for intermediate and high temperature service in boilers and pressure vessels. Weldable with proper recommended techniques, 55 plates have coarse grain structure and are silicon killed. Carbonmanganesesilicon steel plate with a fine grain structure. 56 is designed for moderate and lower temperature service in pressure vessels where improved notch toughness is required. STM Specification Minimum Mechanical Properties of Structural Quality Plates & Pressure Vessel Quality Plates Yield Point psi Tensile Strength psi Carbon Ma.* 283 Gr.D Gr Gr. 656 Gr Gr. C 55 Gr Gr Gr Gr ,000 36,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 80,000 30,000 38,000 32,000 35,000 38, , ,000 65,000 70,000 70,000 95, , , , , ,000 not spec..25/ /.5.2/.27.24/.29.27/.3 *Depending on Thickness C3

46 Product Introduction Plates brasion Resistant & Impact Resistant Plates brasion resisting and impact resisting plates are low to medium carbon, low alloy steel that has been heat treated by quenching and tempering to develop high abrasion and impact resistance, and high yield strength. Due to the nature of the high hardness and toughness of these steels, they are relatively difficult to machine without the use of high speed tools. Typically, these steels have good welding and fabrication characteristics. R225 R360 R400 R500 generally smooth sliding abrasion resistance with a Brinell Hardness of Typical applications include handling of grains, coal fines, cement, sand, gravel, and earth. Has good sliding abrasion resistance and light impact resistance. With a Brinell Hardness of 32 (min.), this alloy is typically used for buckets, chutes, hoppers, and conveyors. Having a Brinell Hardness of 360 (min.), this alloy is suited for a broad range of applications where sliding abrasion and moderate impact resistance eists. Similar to R400 but with an even higher Brinell Hardness of 477 (min.) typically used in etreme conditions. T type Combines high resistance to sliding and impact abrasion. This steel is typically used where formability and weldability are more critical than with the R steels and higher impact resistance is desired. Brinell Hardness for this alloy falls in the 250 to 360 range depending on thickness. Maimum thickness is. T type B Same as type but is available in greater thicknesses up to 2. T type C Same as type but is available in thicknesses up to 6. For more etensive information on plate steel please refer to the data section of this catalog. C4

47 Universal Mill Plates STM 36 vailable in 20 Ft. Lengths Thickness & Width / Est. Weight Per Foot Thickness & Width / Est. Weight Per Foot / C5

48 C6 Plates STM 36 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 /8 5/8 7/8 2 2/ Thickness in Wt. Per Sq. Foot Thickness in Wt. Per Sq. Foot

49 Plates Weights Per Plate Most Common Sizes Size 5/6 7/ Size 5/8 7/ Other sizes available. Please inquire. C7

50 Floor Plates Size in Wt. Per Sq. Foot Size in Wt. Per Sq. Foot 6 ga 4 ga 2 ga / / Floor Plates Weights Per Plate Most Common Sizes Size Size ga 4 ga 2 ga / / Other sizes available. Please inquire. C8

51 SECTION D Sheets Page Processing Services D Introduction to Sheet D2 Hot Rolled Sheets D5 Hot Rolled, Pickled & Oiled Sheets D5 Cold Rolled Sheets D7 Galvanized Sheets D0

52 Sheet Processing Services vailable Blanking Cutting To Length From Coils Laser Cutting Leveling Pickling & Oiling Plasma Cutting Punching Rolling, Forming, Bending Shearing Slitting Water Jet Cutting D

53 Hot Rolled Sheet Product Introduction Sheet Primarily used for tanks, barrels, farm implements, and other applications where surface quality is not critical. Conforming to STM 0, this specification covers hotrolled, carbon, structural, highstrength lowalloy and high strength lowalloy with improved formability steel sheet in coils and cut lengths. Hotrolled steel sheet is available in the following designations: Commercial Steel (CS in Types, B, C and D) Drawing Steel (DS in Types and B) Structural Steel (SS in grades 30, 33, 36 Type and 2, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 70 & 80) HighStrength Lowlloy Steel (HSLS, classes and 2 in grades 45, 50, 55, 60, 65 & 70) HighStrength Lowlloy Steel with Improved Formability (HSLSF in grades 50, 60, 70 & 80) UltraHigh Strength Steel (UHSS Types and 2, in grades 90 and 00) Sheet produced to CS and DS specifications will conform to the chemical composition requirements for the appropriate designation and is capable of being bent at room temperature in any direction through 80 degrees flat on itself without cracking on the outside of the bent portion. There are no mandatory mechanical property requirements for sheets ordered to a CS or DS designation. Sheet produced to SS, HSLS, HSLSF and UHSS specifications will conform to the chemical composition requirements for the appropriate designation and will also conform to the mandatory mechanical property requirements for that designation. Pickled and Oiled Sheets ordered to the STM 0 specification may also be furnished with an oiled finish. Pickled and oiled sheets have the same properties and forming characteristics but offer less wear on tooling. These sheets go through an acid pickling bath which removes mill oide, improving surface appearance, uniformity and finishing quality. Paint and enamel adhere well after cleaning. Typical applications are auto and truck parts, farm implements, tanks, stamped and roll formed parts. D2

54 Cold Rolled Sheet Conforming to STM 008, coldrolled sheet s matte finish gives it a superior surface quality to hot pickled and oiled sheet. This matte finish is ideal for paints, enamels, and lacquers. The additional steps it undergoes in production also give coldrolled sheet closer thickness tolerances. Typical uses are refrigerators, ranges, washing machines, auto and truck bodies, signs, panels, furniture and stamped parts. Coldrolled sheets are available in the following designations: Commercial Steel (CS in Types, B, and C) Drawing Steel (DS in Types and B) Deep Drawing Steels (DDS) Etra Deep Drawing Steel (EDDS) Structural Steel (SS in grades 25, 30, 33 Type and 2, 40 Types and 2, 50, 60, 70 & 80) HighStrength Lowlloy Steel (HSLS, classes and 2 in grades 45, 50, 55, 60, 65 & 70 in Classes and 2) HighStrength Lowlloy Steel with Improved Formability (HSLSF in grades 50, 60, 70 & 80) Solution Hardened Steel (SHS) and Bake Hardenable Steel (BHS) Corrosion Resistant Steel Sheet Falling within the STM 606 designation, this specification covers highstrength, lowalloy hotrolled and coldrolled steel sheets that have enhanced atmospheric corrosion resistance and are supplied in two types, Type 2 and Type 4. While maintaining highstrength characteristics, this steel is two to four times more resistant to atmospheric corrosion than low carbon steels. When unpainted, it has a tightly adherent oide surface which stops further oidation. 606 has ecellent weldability and formability. Coated Sheet Hot Dipped Galvanized These sheets are continuously hot dip coated with a durable protective coating of zinc. Hot Dipped Galvanized Sheets can be formed without flaking or peeling. Stamping, cold drawing, double seaming, and brake or roll forming will not repair the corrosion protection qualities. Galvanized D3

55 sheet can be welded or soldered. Thicknesses of 6 ga. and lighter are lockforming quality while thicknesses of 4 ga. and heavier ar commercial quality. ll conform to STM 653 (previously 525.) ElectroGalvanized These are cold rolled sheets that are zinc coated by electrolytic deposition and conform to STM 879. The coating has a uniform dull gray matte appearance without the spangles normally present on hot dipped galvanized. The surface can be phosphate treated for immediate paintability. These can also be formed, rolled, or stamped without flaking, peeling, or cracking. Electrogalvanized sheets are particularly suited for cabinets, signs, light fitures, etc., where an ecellent finish is required. Galvannealed These sheets are heat treated after coating to produce zinciron alloy and eliminated spangle. It can be painted without further surface preparation ecept for normal cleaning. It may be subject to simple bending and forming without impairing its paintability or corrosion resistance. It is particularly suited for sign boards, metal doors and partitions, truck and trailer bodies, heater and furnace parts. It conforms to STM 653. Galvalume This is a corrosion resistant sheet, continuously hot dipped coated with aluminum zinc alloy. For certain applications it offers a substantial increase in corrosion resistance over regular galvanized. It can be readily formed, welded, and soldered. End uses include appliance and automotive parts, metal building and agricultural parts. It conforms to STM 792. luminized This sheet steel is continuously hot dip coated with aluminumsilicon alloy. It has an attractive satin finish and it provides the best qualities of aluminum and steel by resisting corrosion and providing strength at a low cost. It can be subjected to moderate forming, spinning, and drawing without peeling and flaking of the coating. Conforming to STM 463, its applications include crop dryers, dry kiln fan walls, dryers, incinerators, mufflers, oven and space heater components. For more information on sheet steel please refer to the data section of this catalog. D4

56 Sheet Hot Rolled and Hot Rolled, Pickled & Oiled Gauge 7 Size in Most Common Sizes Decimal in Est. Wt. per Sq. Ft. in Lbs Est. Wt. per Sheet in Lbs D5

57 Sheet Hot Rolled and Hot Rolled, Pickled & Oiled Most Common Sizes Gauge Size in Decimal in Est. Wt. per Sq. Ft. in Lbs. Est. Wt. per Sheet in Lbs Other Sizes vailable. Slit and cuttolength from coil. Please inquire. D6

58 Sheet Cold Rolled, Oiled Most Common Sizes Gauge Size in Decimal in Est. Wt. per Sq. Ft. in Lbs. Est. Wt. per Sheet in Lbs D7

59 Sheet Cold Rolled, Oiled Most Common Sizes Gauge Size in Decimal in Est. Wt. per Sq. Ft. in Lbs. Est. Wt. per Sheet in Lbs D8

60 Sheet Cold Rolled, Oiled Most Common Sizes Gauge 22 Size in Decimal in Est. Wt. per Sq. Ft. in Lbs Est. Wt. per Sheet in Lbs Other Sizes vailable. Slit and cuttolength from coil. Please inquire. D9

61 Sheet Galvanized Most Common Sizes Gauge Size in Decimal in Est. Wt. per Sq. Ft. in Lbs. Est. Wt. per Sheet in Lbs D0

62 Sheet Galvanized Most Common Sizes Gauge Size in Decimal in Est. Wt. per Sq. Ft. in Lbs. Est. Wt. per Sheet in Lbs D

63 Sheet Galvanized Most Common Sizes Gauge Size in Decimal in Est. Wt. per Sq. Ft. in Lbs. Est. Wt. per Sheet in Lbs Other Sizes vailable. Slit and cuttolength from coil. Please inquire. D2

64 SECTION E Tubing & Pipe Page Processing Services E Introduction to Tube & Pipe E2 DOM & Round Tubing E4 Square Tubing E27 Rectangular Tubing E29 Pipe E32 Relift Tube (lso known as uger E39 Tube, Blow Pipe & Spouting)

65 Tubing & Pipe Processing Services vailable Bending Beveling Centerless Grinding Coating Galvanizing Hard Chrome Plating Honing Miter Cutting Production Cutting Saw Cutting to Length Threading E

66 Product Introduction Tubing & Pipe Round Tubing Electrical Resistance Welded ERW is the lowest cost of all mechanical tubing. It is produced from low carbon steel. Tubing with wall thicknesses heavier than 8 ga. is produced from hot rolled steel, while tubing with wall thicknesses of 8ga. and lighter is produced from cold rolled steel. Furnished in aswelded condition, the OD weld flash is removed on all sizes. for round tubing with OD and larger, the ID weld flash is controlled to.00 to.05 (depending on OD). Sizes under OD are produced flashin. Manufactured to OD and wall dimensions, ERW meets STM 53 Type (HR) or Type 2 (CR) specifications. DOM (DrawnOverMandrel) DOM is a cold drawn electric resistance welded tube with all weld flash removed. Each tube is tested for soundness of weld. Typically, DOM is preferred over seamless tubing for its ecellent OD and ID concentricity. Normalizing and cold drawing over a mandrel makes DOM a uniform and precision product. Furnished in as drawn condition and produced to OD and ID dimensions, DOM meets STM 53 type 5 specifications. Cold Drawn Seamless This carbon steel tube is produced to OD and ID dimensions and is furnished in asdrawn condition. Cold drawn seamless tubing offers good surface quality and increased mechanical properties over hot finished seamless tubing. Cold drawn seamless meets STM 59 specifications. Hot Finished Seamless This carbon steel tube is lower in cost than its cold drawn counterpart. It is most applicable where precise dimensions and surface quality are of secondary importance. It also meets STM 59 specifications. Square and Rectangular Tubing Structural STM 500 Gr. B This is a cold formed, electric resistance welded tubing with a high strengthtoweight ratio. It is relatively low in cost and is easily welded, formed, punched and drilled. The hollow shape offers good appearance and ease of maintenance. The OD weld flash is removed on all sizes and it has a flashin ID. E2

67 Structural High Strength, Low lloy (HSL70) This tube offers the same benefits of STM 500 Gr. B, but with a 52% higher strengthtoweight ratio. This tube offers a minimum yield strength of 70,000 psi. Mechanical STM 53 This electric resistance welded tubing is made from low carbon steel. Those with wall thicknesses that are heavier than 8ga. are produced from hot rolled steel, and those with wall thicknesses of 8ga. and lighter are produced from cold rolled steel. ll OD weld flash is removed on all sizes, while the ID is flashin. This tube offers good surface finish and forming qualities. Pipe Continuous Buttweld general purpose pipe for use in steam, gas and air lines. It is not intended for close coiling, bending or high temperature service. No minimum mechanical properties are specified for this product, but is typically stocked with a standard black lacquer coating. Continuous buttweld meets STM 53 Type F Specifications (which has replaced the obsolete STM 20 specifications.) Electric Resistance Welded (ERW) This pipe is suitable for welding, coiling, bending, flaring, and flanging. It is pressure tested and is typically stocked with a standard black lacquer coating with plain beveled edge ends. ERW meets STM 53 Gr. B Type E. Pipe Size ERW structural purpose pipe sized tube that is produced to meet STM 500 specifications. Compared to pipe, this product offers higher strength, better straightness as well as a superior finish and usually costs less than pipe. This product is not pressure tested. E3

68 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot O.D /6 O.D O.D / /6 O.D / O.D /8 0 5/ /32 O.D /6 O.D / Please inquire on sizes not listed. E4

69 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 5/8 O.D /8 0 5/32 7/ /6 O.D / O.D /8 0 5/32 7/ O.D. 6 4 / O.D Please inquire on sizes not listed. E5

70 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 27/32 O.D /8 O.D /8 0 5/32 7/32 5/ /6 O.D /8 0 5/ O.D /8 0 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 / Please inquire on sizes not listed. E6

71 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall /6 O.D /8 0 5/32 /8 O.D /8 0 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 Wall Decimal ID In Weight Per Foot O.D /8 5/32 7/ O.D / Please inquire on sizes not listed. E7

72 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot O.D. 0 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 /32 7/6 5/6 O.D /8 0 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 O.D /8 0 5/32 /64 7/32 9/32 5/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E8

73 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 7/6 O.D. /8 5/32 7/ O.D /8 0 5/32 7/32 5/64 9/32 5/6 /32 7/ /6 O.D. 3 2 /8 5/32 5/ /8 O.D / Please inquire on sizes not listed. E9

74 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 5/8 O.D. 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 7/ /6 O.D. /8 5/ O.D /8 0 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/ O.D. /8 5/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E0

75 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 7/8 O.D /8 0 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 7/6 5/6 O.D. /8 5/32 7/ O.D /8 0 5/32 7 7/32 9/32 5/6 /32 7/6 9/6 5/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E

76 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 2/6 O.D. 5/32 5/ /8 O.D /8 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/ O.D. / O.D /8 0 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 /32 7/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E2

77 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 2 O.D. 9/6 5/ /6 O.D O.D /8 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/ /6 O.D O.D /8 0 5/32 7 7/32 9/32 5/6 /32 7/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E3

78 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 2 O.D. 9/6 5/ /6 O.D /8 O.D /8 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/ O.D /8 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 /32 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E4

79 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 27/8 O.D. 6 3 /8 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 3 O.D /8 0 5/32 7 7/32 9/32 5/6 /32 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E5

80 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 3/6 O.D. 5/ /8 O.D. 6 3 /8 7/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 7/ O.D. 6 3 /8 0 5/32 7/32 5/6 /32 7/6 9/6 5/8 7/ O.D. 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E6

81 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 3 O.D /8 0 5/32 7 7/32 9/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 7/8 35/8 O.D. 6 9/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 3 O.D. 6 3 /8 5/6 7/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E7

82 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 3 O.D. 9/6 5/8 7/ /8 O.D. /8 5/6 7/6 5/ O.D /8 0 5/32 7 7/32 9/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 7/ /8 O.D. 6 5/6 7/6 5/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E8

83 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 4 O.D. 6 3 /8 5/6 7/6 5/8 /6 7/8 /8 4 O.D. 5/6 7/6 5/8 4 O.D /8 0 5/32 7 7/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 7/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E9

84 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 4 O.D. / /8 O.D. 5/6 5/ O.D. /8 5/6 9/6 5/8 7/ O.D. 6 4 /8 7 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 7/8 / /8 O.D. 5/6 5/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E20

85 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 5 O.D. 5/6 5/8 7/ O.D O.D /6 5/8 7/ /8 O.D. 5/6 5/ O.D. 5/8 7/ O.D. 6 4 / Please inquire on sizes not listed. E2

86 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 6 O.D. 5/6 5/8 7/ O.D. /8 5/ O.D. 5/ /8 O.D. / O.D. 7/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E22

87 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 7 O.D. /8 5/ O.D. 5/8 7/ O.D. 5/ /8 O.D O.D O.D. / Please inquire on sizes not listed. E23

88 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 8 O.D. 5/ O.D. 5/ O.D. 5/ /8 O.D. / O.D O.D O.D Please inquire on sizes not listed. E24

89 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot 9 O.D. 5/8 / O.D O.D. 2 / O.D O.D O.D O.D Please inquire on sizes not listed. E25

90 DOM & Round Mechanical Tubing Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 7 Ft. to 24 Ft. OD In. vg. Wall Wall Decimal ID In. Weight Per Foot O.D O.D. 2 2 O.D O.D O.D O.D O.D Please inquire on sizes not listed. E26

91 Square Tubing Mechanical & Structural Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 20 Ft., 24 Ft., 40 Ft. & 48 Ft. Wall Gauge Wall Decimal Weight Per Foot Wall Gauge Wall Decimal Weight Per Foot /8 5/ /8 7/ /8 / / / / Please inquire on sizes not listed. E27

92 Square Tubing Mechanical & Structural Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 20 Ft., 24 Ft., 40 Ft. & 48 Ft. Wall Gauge Wall Decimal Weight Per Foot Wall Gauge Wall Decimal Weight Per Foot 4 4 5/ /6 5/ / / / / /6 5/ Please inquire on sizes not listed. E28

93 Rectangular Tubing Mechanical & Structural Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 20 Ft., 24 Ft., 40 Ft. & 48 Ft. Wall Gauge Wall Decimal Weight Per Foot Wall Gauge Wall Decimal Weight Per Foot / / / / Please inquire on sizes not listed. E29

94 Rectangular Tubing Mechanical & Structural Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 20 Ft., 24 Ft., 40 Ft. & 48 Ft. Wall Gauge Wall Decimal Weight Per Foot Wall Gauge Wall Decimal Weight Per Foot / / / / / / Please inquire on sizes not listed. E30

95 Rectangular Tubing Mechanical & Structural Carbon Steel vailable in Lengths 20 Ft., 24 Ft., 40 Ft. & 48 Ft. Wall Gauge Wall Decimal Weight Per Foot Wall Gauge Wall Decimal Weight Per Foot 8 4 5/ / / / / / / Please inquire on sizes not listed. E3

96 Pipe vailable in 2 ft. lengths or single and double random lengths Nominal Pipe Size /8 Outside Diameter Schedule 0 40 Std. 80 E. Hvy. Wall Thickness Inside Diameter Weight Per Foot Std. 80 E. Hvy Std. 80 E. Hvy Std. 80 E. Hvy. 60 XX Hvy Std. 80 E. Hvy. 60 XX Hvy Std. 80 E. Hvy. 60 XX Hvy Std. 80 E. Hvy. 60 XX Hvy Std. 80 E. Hvy. 60 XX Hvy Please inquire on sizes not listed. E32

97 Pipe vailable in 2 ft. lengths or single and double random lengths Nominal Pipe Size Outside Diameter Schedule Std. 80 E. Hvy. 60 XX Hvy Std. 80 E. Hvy. 60 XX Hvy Std. 80 E. Hvy. 60 XX Hvy Std. 80 E. Hvy. XX Hvy Std. 80 E. Hvy XX Hvy Std. 80 E. Hvy XX Hvy. Wall Thickness Inside Diameter Weight Per Foot Please inquire on sizes not listed. E33

98 Pipe vailable in 2 ft. lengths or single and double random lengths Nominal Pipe Size 6 Outside Diameter Schedule Std. 80 E. Hvy XX Hvy. Wall Thickness Inside Diameter Weight Per Foot Std E. Hvy XX Hvy Std. 60 E. Hvy Std E. Hvy Please inquire on sizes not listed. E34

99 Pipe vailable in 2 ft. lengths or single and double random lengths Nominal Pipe Size Outside Diameter Schedule Std. 40 E. Hvy Std. 40 E. Hvy Std. 30 E. Hvy Wall Thickness Inside Diameter Weight Per Foot Please inquire on sizes not listed. E35

100 Pipe vailable in 2 ft. lengths or single and double random lengths Nominal Pipe Size 20 Outside Diameter Schedule 0 20 Std. 30 E. Hvy Wall Thickness Inside Diameter Weight Per Foot Std. 30 E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. 20 E. Hvy Std. 20 E. Hvy Please inquire on sizes not listed. E36

101 Pipe vailable in 2 ft. lengths or single and double random lengths Nominal Pipe Size 30 Outside Diameter Schedule 0 Std. 20 E. Hvy. 30 Wall Thickness Inside Diameter Weight Per Foot Std. 20 E. Hvy Std. 20 E. Hvy Std. 20 E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Please inquire on sizes not listed. E37

102 Pipe vailable in 2 ft. lengths or single and double random lengths Nominal Pipe Size 60 Outside Diameter Schedule Std. E. Hvy. Wall Thickness Inside Diameter Weight Per Foot Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Std. E. Hvy Please inquire on sizes not listed. E38

103 Relift Tube Hot Rolled Finish (lso known as uger Tube, Blow Pipe and Spouting) vailable in 20 ft. lengths O.D. IN. vg. Wall Wall Decimal I.D. IN. Weight Per Foot / / Please inquire on sizes not listed. Other finishes are available, please inquire. E39

104 SECTION F PVF Page Pipe, Valves & Fittings F2 dditional Data on Pipe luminum H27 Carbon Steel E32 Stainless Steel G2

105 F

106 Pipe, Valves and Fittings PIPE VLVES FITTINGS STEEL PIPE BRONZE FITTINGS Black / Galv T&C Welded / Seamless Coated / Wrapped ll Sizes & Schedules Cut, Thread, Groove Gate, Globe, Checks, Ball Fortune, Stockham pollo, Sharpe, Crane 50lb. Malleable Iron Fittings 300lb. Malleable Iron Fittings 50/300 lmp. Malleable Iron Fittings STINLESS STEEL CST IRON FLNGED STEEL BUTT WELD FITTINGS & FLNGES 304/36, P22 Eotic lloys, lloy 20 Pipe, Tube, Shapes Sanitary Tube Stockham, Crane, Davis Butterfly Valves UL Plug Valves Gate, Check, Ball Domestic & Import ll Sizes & Schedules Double Etra Heavy LUMINUM STINLESS STEEL STINLESS STEEL Pipe & Tube ll Sizes & Schedules Threaded, Flanged Gates, Globes, Checks Ball, Butterfly Needle Valves Threaded, Socket Weld Butt weld Fittings & Flanges Compression Fittings Sanitary High Purity INSTRUMENTTION STEEL VLVES FORGED STEEL Stainless & Copper Tube 20 Lengths & Coils Pressure Gauges Thermometers Threaded, SW, Flanged, etc. Gates, Globes & Check Valves Ball & Butterfly Valves Seal Valves Steam Valves STRINERS Bronze Threaded & Sweat Cast Iron Threaded & Flanged Steel & Stainless Steel 2000, 3000, 6000 lb. Threaded, Socket Weld Flanges 502,500 lb. GROOVED FITTING & VLVES Misc. Fittings & Valves FSTENERS Nut, Bolt & Gasket Kits B7 Studs MISCELLNEOUS PIPE SUPPORTS HYDRONICS Fiberglass Strut & Strut Fittings Watts Regulator, Wilkins rmate Insulation Hangers & ll Thread Relief Valves Sanitary Hangers Needle Valves Etc. F2

107 SECTION G Stainless Steel Page Processing Services G Introduction to Stainless Steel G2 Structural Shapes ngles G7 Channels G8 Beams G8 Bars Rounds G9 Heagons G0 Squares G0 Half Rounds G Flats G Floor Plates G2 Plates G3 Standard Surface Finishes G4 Sheets G6 Epanded Metal G8 Tubing Square G9 Rectangular G9 Round G20 Pipe G2

108 Stainless Processing Services vailable Coil Slitting & Cutting To Length Laser Cutting Leveling Miter Cutting Plasma Cutting Punching Rolling, Forming & Bending Saw Cutting To Length Shearing & Blanking Water Jet Cutting G

109 Product Introduction Stainless Steel The outstanding qualities of corrosion resistance, workability, strength, and attractiveness have made stainless steel one of the world s most versatile materials. Stainless steels are typically low carbon iron alloys to which approimately 2% chromium has been added. It is chromium which enables the stainless to resist corrosion. Increasing the chromium content of the alloy renders it more resistant to corrosive media. By adding elements, such as nickel, manganese, copper, molybdenum, silicon, titanium, columbium, aluminum, or sulfur to the composition, alloys can be produced to suit nearly any application. ll stainless steels, regardless of composition, can be conveniently categorized into four basic categories:. ustenitic Stainless Steels offer the best corrosion resistance of all classes due to the addition of nickel in their composition. ustenitic types have high ductility, low yield strength, and moderate tensile strength. Nonmagnetic and nonheat treatable, their structure is very tough and ductile as annealed. They can only develop high strength by cold working. Typical alloys include: Type 302 Type 303 This is a chromiumnickel stainless steel that is commonly known as 88. It has ecellent corrosion resistance and is not affected by ordinary atmospheres when properly maintained by periodic cleaning. It has ecellent ductility and is well suited for drawing and forming. It is readily welded by most modern methods and produces tough, ductile welds without the need for postwelding annealing or stress relieving, and is easily hot forged or cold upset. This is the free machining version of Type 302/304 typically used in automatic machining operations. The addition of sulfur assists in breaking up the chips which reduces the drag on the cutting tool, permitting greater machining speed and producing smoother machined finishes. Type 303 has a machinability rating of 60% in comparison to Bessemer screw stock rated at 00%. This compares with about 45% for Type 302/304. G2

110 Type 304 Type 304L Type 309 Generally more suitable than type 302 where slightly better corrosion resistance is required after welding. Type 304 is the most widely used of the stainless and heat resisting steels. It offers good corrosion resistance to many chemical corrodants as well as industrial atmospheres. Type 304 has very good formability and can be readily welded by all common methods. Type 304L is generally more suitable than Type 304 where service conditions dictate a type requiring good corrosion resistance and annealing is not feasible after welding thicker sections. Type 304L has.03% maimum carbon content, making it the low carbon variation of Type 304. The etra low carbon avoids harmful carbide precipitation due to welding. Type 304L has the same corrosion resistance as Type 304 but with slightly lower mechanical properties. Used in high temperature applications because of its high scale resistance. Type 309 has greater corrosion resistance than Type 304 and is ecellent in resisting sulfite liquors, nitric acid, nitricsulfuric mitures, acetic, citric and lactic acids. Type 30 Type 36 Higher alloy content gives Type 30 improved characteristics over Type 309. It retains good strength and toughness at high temperatures and may be used to an advantage where a combination of strength, toughness, and oidation resistance is essential. Where reducing or carburizing conditions are encountered at high temperatures, Type 30 is preferred. Has better resistance to pitting corrosion than the other chromiumnickel stainless steels where brines, sulphurbearing or halogen salts, such as chlorides are present. valuable property of Type 36 is high creep strength at elevated temperatures. Other mechanical properties and fabricating characteristics of Type 36 are similar to Type 302 or Type 304. This alloy is used for pumps, valves, tetile and chemical equipment, pulp and paper and marine applications. G3

111 Type 36L Type 32 Type 347 Preferred over Type 36 where postweld annealing is not practical and service conditions require a structure free from harmful carbides. Type 36L is the etra low carbon variation of Type 36 which avoids carbide precipitation due to welding. Has titanium added to reduce or eliminate chromium carbide precipitation resulting from welding or eposure to high temperatures. It is quite effective as a stabilizer although the overall corrosion resistance is somewhat reduced. Type 32 is used in almost eclusively for aircraft parts such as ehaust systems, where operating temperatures of 800 to 600 degrees F. are encountered and where corrosive conditions are not too severe. Similar on analysis to Type 32 ecept that Columbium is used as an addition instead of titanium. Columbium is an effective stabilizer and does not appreciable reduce the overall corrosion resistance as does titanium. Type 347 is desirable in equipment operating in the temperature range of 800 to 600 degrees F. under severely corrosive conditions or where corrosion fatigue is likely to occur. Note that Columbium bearing stainless has a tendency to be sensitive in the hot short range which may cause checking or cracking at the weld area. 2. Martensitic Stainless Steels are heat treatable to a wide range of hardness and strength levels. They attain optimum corrosion resistance in the hardened and tempered (not annealed) condition. Magnetic in all conditions, martensitic steels are not as corrosion resistant as other classes but are used for their strength as well as their resistance to wear and abrasion. Typical alloys include: Type 40 Most commonly called 2 chrome stainless, Type 40 is the most widely used of the hardenable stainless steels and is the general purpose alloy of the martensitic class. Heat treated Type 40 has mechanical properties comparable to alloy steels such as SE 430. Not recommended for applications where severe corrosive conditions are encountered but typical uses include G4

112 valve and pump parts, fasteners, cutlery, turbine parts, and busing. Type 46 Type 422 Type 440C This is the free machining version of Type 40. It has useful corrosion resistance to natural food acids, basic salts, water and most atmospheres. Designed for service temperatures up to 200 degrees F. while maintaining a good combination of high strength and toughness. It is typically used in steam turbines as blading and bolting material. high carbon (.95.20%) chromium steel that can attain the highest hardness (Rockwell C60) of any standard stainless grade. In the hardened and stress relieved condition, Type 440C has maimum hardness together with high strength and corrosion resistance. It also has high abrasion resistance. 3. Ferritic Stainless Steels are nonhardenable and normally used for their increased corrosion resistance rather than tensile strength. Non heat treatable, though work hardenable to a moderate etent, this class is magnetic in all conditions. Ferritic stainless steels are capable of being buffed to a high luster resembling chromium plate. Typical alloys include: Type 409 Type 430 The lowest cost stainless and is etensively used in automotive ehaust systems. Because of its combination of economy and good resistance to oidation and corrosion, Type 409 created the opportunity to economically improve the performance of a wide range of parts where surface appearance is not important. The most popular of the nonhardenable chromium stainless steels. Type 430 combines good corrosion and heat resistance with good mechanical properties. With oidation resistance to 500 degrees F., Type 430 is widely used in both industrial and consumer products. G5

113 4. Precipitation Hardening Stainless Steels have ecellent strength and good corrosion resistance. They develop increased strength during heat treatment through precipitation hardening (or agehardening) reactions rather than phase transformations such as occur in martensitic stainless steels. Typical alloys include: Type 74 Type 74 Doubleged H50 Type 55 This grade combines high strength and hardness with corrosion resistance similar to T304 in most media. Simple low temperature heat treatment at 900 to 50 degrees F. eliminates scaling and prevents ecessive warpage. This grade is solution annealed then double age hardened to procedure # in NCE MR 075. It is used in many pressure control applications in the energy industry. This vacuum arc remelted grade offers high strength and hardness. Type 55 has ecellent corrosion resistance plus ecellent transverse toughness. More etensive information on stainless steel can be found in the data section of this catalog. G6

114 Stainless Steel ngles Types: 304, 304L, 36, 36L, Ft. Random Lengths Hot Rolled, nnealed & Pickled Size in Weight Per Foot Size in Weight Per Foot /8 /8 /8 /8 / / Please inquire on sizes not listed. G7

115 Stainless Steel Welded Channels Types: 304, 304L, 36, 36L 20 Ft. Random Lengths Size Weight Per Foot Size Weight Per Foot Stainless Steel Welded Beams Types: 304, 304L, 36, 36L 20 Ft. Random Lengths Size Weight Per Foot Please inquire sizes not listed. G8

116 Stainless Steel Rounds Types: 303, 304, 304L, 36, 36L, 32, 40, 46, 74 2 Ft. Random Lengths CD=Cold Drawn CG=Centerless Ground HR= Hot Rolled and Rough Turned Diameter in 3/32 /8 5/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 CD CD CD CD CD CG CD CD CG CD CG CD CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG Weight Per Foot Diameter in 27/6 2 25/ /8 4 47/ / CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR Weight Per Foot /8 2 2 CG CG CG CG HR HR HR G9

117 Stainless Steel Heagons Types: 303, 304, 36, 46, 74 nnealed & Cold Drawn 2 Ft. Random Lengths Size Weight Per Foot Size Weight Per Foot /8 5/6 /32 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/ /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 7/ Stainless Steel Squares Types: 303, 304, 36, Cold Drawn 2 Ft. Random Lengths Size Weight Per Foot /8 7/6 9/6 5/8 7/ G0 Size / Weight Per Foot

118 Stainless Steel Half Rounds Types: 304 nnealed & Cold Drawn 2 Ft. Random Lengths Size 5/8 Weight Per Foot Stainless Steel Flats Types: 304 & 36 Hot Rolled, nnealed & Pickled 2 Ft. Random Lengths Size Weight Per Foot Size Weight Per Foot /8 5/ G

119 Stainless Steel Flats Types: 304 & 36 Hot Rolled, nnealed & Pickled 2 Ft. Random Lengths Size Weight Per Foot Size Weight Per Foot 5/ Stainless Steel Diamond Floor Plates Type: 304 Hot Rolled, nnealed & Pickled G2

120 Stainless Steel Plates Types: 304, 304L, 36 and 36L Hot Rolled, nnealed & Pickled Thickness & Width in Weight Per Sq. Ft. Thickness & Width in Weight Per Sq. Ft. 5/ / / / G3

121 Standard Finishes of Stainless Steel FlatRolled Products Surface finishes on stainless steel sheets, strip, tubing and plates are generally selected for appearance, although degree and etent of forming and welding should be taken into consideration. Where forming is severe, or much welding is done, it is often more economical to use a cold rolled finish and then polish. Unpolished Finishes No. Finish. Hot rolled, annealed and descaled. Generally used in industrial applications, such as for heat or corrosion resistance, where smoothness of finish is not of particular importance. No. 2D Finish. dull cold rolled finish produced by cold rolling, annealing, and descaling. The dull finish may result from the descaling or pickling operation or may be developed by a final light cold roll pass on dull rolls. The dull finish is favorable for the retention of lubricants on the surface in deep drawing operations. This finish is generally used in forming deep drawn articles which maybe polished after fabrication. No. 2B Finish. bright cold rolled finish commonly produced in the same manner as No. 2D, ecept that the annealed and descaled sheet receives a final light cold rolled pass on polished rolls. This is a general purpose cold rolled finish. It is commonly used for all but eceptionally difficult deep drawing applications. This finish is more readily polished than No. or No. 2D Finish. Polished Finishes Sheets can be produced with one or two sides polished. When polished on one side only, the other side may be rough ground in order to obtain the necessary flatness. No. 3 Finish is a polished finish obtained with abrasives approimately 00 mesh, and which may or may not be additionally polished during fabrication. No. 4 Finish is a general purpose polished finish widely used for restaurant equipment, kitchen equipment, store fronts, dairy equipment, etc. Following initial grinding with coarser abrasives, sheets are generally finished last with abrasives approimately 20 to 50 mesh. No. 6 Finish is a dull satin finish having lower reflectivity than No. 4 Finish. It is produced by Tampico brushing No. 4 Finish sheets in a medium of abrasive and oil. It is used for architectural applications and ornamentation where a high luster is undesirable; it is also used effectively to contrast with brighter finishes. G4

122 No. 7 Finish has a high degree of reflectivity. It is produced by buffing a finely ground surface, but the grit lines are not removed. It is chiefly used for architectural and ornamental purposes. No. 8 Finish is the most reflective finish that is commonly produced. It is obtained by polishing with successively finer abrasives and buffing etensively with very fine buffing rouges. The surface is essentially free of grit lines from preliminary grinding operations. This finish is most widely used for press plates, as well as for small mirrors and reflectors. G5

123 Stainless Steel Sheets Types: 304, 304L, 36 and 36L vailable Mill Finish or Polished Cold Rolled, nnealed & Pickled Gauge Most Common Sizes vailable Size Thickness Weight Per Sq. Ft Weight Per Sheet G6

124 Stainless Steel Sheets Types: 304, 304L, 36 and 36L vailable Mill Finish or Polished Cold Rolled, nnealed & Pickled Most Common Sizes vailable Gauge Size Thickness Weight Per Sq. Ft. Weight Per Sheet G7

125 Stainless Steel Sheets Types: 304, 304L, 36 and 36L vailable Mill Finish or Polished Cold Rolled, nnealed & Pickled Gauge 26 Size in Most Common Sizes vailable Thickness in Weight Per Sq. Ft. (Estimated) Weight Per Sheet (Estimated) Stainless Epanded Metal Types: 304 Standard & Flattened Long way of diamond runs parallel to length of sheet. Style Designation Size in Weight Per Sq. Ft Style Designation Size in Weight Per Sq. Ft G8

126 Stainless Square & Rectangular Tubing Type: 304 vailable Mill Finish, 80, 240, 320 & 400 Grit Polished 724 Foot Random Lengths O.D Wall Weight per O.D. Foot SQURE Wall Weight per Foot RECTNGULR X X Please inquire on sizes not listed. G9

127 G20 Stainless Round Tubing Type: 304 vailable Mill Finish, 80, 240, 320 & 400 Grit Polished 724 Foot Random Lengths Wall I.D. O.D. Weight per Foot Wall I.D. O.D. Weight per Foot

128 Stainless Round Tubing Type: 304 vailable Mill Finish, 80, 240, 320 & 400 Grit Polished 724 Foot Random Lengths O.D. in Wall In I.D. in. Weight per Foot O.D. in Wall in I.D. in Weight per Foot Stainless Pipe Type: 304, 304L. 36 and 36L Cold Finished, nnealed & Pickled 724 Foot Random Lengths Nominal Pipe Weight per Foot O.D. In I.D. in Wall Thickness Schedule Schedule G2

129 G22 Stainless Pipe Type: 304, 304L. 36 and 36L Cold Finished, nnealed & Pickled 724 Foot Random Lengths O.D. In I.D. in Weight per Foot Nominal Pipe Wall Thickness / / Schedule 80 Schedule 0 Schedule 40

130 SECTION H luminum Page Processing Services H Introduction to luminum H2 Structural Shapes ngles H9 Channels H0 Beams H2 Tees H3 Bars Rounds H4 Heagons H5 Squares H5 Flats H6 Plates H8 Diamond Tread Plates H20 Sheets H2 Tubing Round H24 Square H26 Rectangular H26 Pipe H27

131 luminum Processing Services vailable Coil Slitting & Cutting To Length Leveling Miter Cutting Plasma Cutting Punching Rolling, Forming, Bending Shearing & Blanking Saw Cutting To Length Water Jet Cutting H

132 Product Introduction luminum lloys In highpurity form aluminum is soft and ductile. Most commercial uses, however, require greater strength than pure aluminum affords. This is achieved first by the addition of other elements to produce various alloys, which singly or in combination impart strength to the metal. Further strengthening is possible by means which classify the alloys roughly into two categories, nonheattreatable and heattreatable. Nonheattreatable alloys The initial strength of alloys in this group depends upon the hardening effect of elements such as manganese, silicon, iron and magnesium, singly or in various combinations. The nonheattreatable alloys are usually designated, therefore, in the 000, 3000, 4000, or 5000 series. Since these alloys are workhardenable, further strengthening is made possible by various degrees of cold working, denoted by the H series of tempers. lloys containing appreciable amounts of magnesium when supplied in strainhardened tempers are usually given a final elevatedtemperature treatment called stabilizing to insure stability of properties. Heattreatable alloys The initial strength of alloys in this group is enhanced by the addition of alloying elements such as copper, magnesium, zinc, and silicon. Since these elements singly or in various combinations show increasing solid solubility in aluminum with increasing temperature, it is possible to subject them to thermal treatments which will impart pronounced strengthening. The first step, called heat treatment or solution heat treatment, is an elevatedtemperature process designed to put the soluble element or elements in solid solution. This is followed by rapid quenching, usually in water, which momentarily freezes the structure and for a short time renders the alloy very workable. It is at this stage that some fabricators retain this more workable structure by storing the alloys at below freezing temperatures until they are ready to form them. t room or elevated temperatures the alloys are not stable after quenching, however, and precipitation of the constituents from the supersaturated solution begins. fter a period of several days at room temperature, termed aging or roomtemperature precipitation, the alloy is considerable stronger. Many alloys approach a stable condition at room temperature, but some alloys, particularly those containing magnesium and silicon or magnesium and zinc, continue to ageharden for long periods of time at room temperature. H2

133 By heating for a controlled time at slightly elevated temperatures, even further strengthening is possible and properties are stabilized. this process is called artificial aging or precipitation hardening. By the proper combination of solution heat treatment, quenching, cold working and artificial aging, the highest strengths are obtained. Clad lloys The heattreatable alloys in which copper and zinc are major alloying constituents, are less resistant to corrosive attack than the majority of nonheattreatable alloys. To increase the corrosion resistance of these alloys in sheet and plate form they are often clad with highpurity aluminum, a low magnesiumsilicon alloy, or an alloy containing per cent zinc. The cladding, usually from 2 to 5 per cent of the total thickness on each side, not only protects the composite due to its own inherently ecellent corrosion resistance, but also eerts a galvanic effect which further protects the core material. Special composites may be obtained such as clad nonheattreatable alloys for etra corrosion protection, for brazing purposes, or for special surface finishes. Some alloys in wire and tubular form are clad for similar reasons and on an eperimental basis etrusions also have been clad. nnealing Characteristics ll wrought aluminum alloys are available in annealed form. In addition, it may be desirable to anneal an alloy from any other initial temper, after working, or between successive stages of working such as in deep drawing. Effect of lloying Elements 000 Series luminum of 99 percent or higher purity has many applications, especially in the electrical and chemical fields. these alloys are characterized by ecellent corrosion resistance, high thermal and electrical conductivity, low mechanical properties and ecellent workability. Moderate increases in strength may be obtained by strainhardening. Iron and silicon are the major impurities Series Copper is the principal alloying element in this group. These alloys require solution heattreatment to obtain optimum properties; in the heat treated condition mechanical properties are similar to, and sometimes eceed, those of mild steel. In some instances artificial aging is employed to further increase the mechanical properties. This treatment materially effects yield strength, with attendant loss in elongation; its effect on tensile (ultimate) strength, is not great. H3

134 The alloys in the 2000 series do not have as good corrosion resistance as most other aluminum alloys and under certain conditions they may be subject to intergranular corrosion. therefore, these alloys in the form of sheet are usually clad with a highpurity alloy or a magnesiumsilicon alloy of the 6000 series which provides galvanic protection to the core material and thus greatly increases resistance to corrosion. lloy 2024 is perhaps the best known and most widely used aircraft alloy Series Manganese is the major alloying element of this group, which is generally nonheattreatable. Because only a limited percentage of manganese, up to about.5 percent, can be effectively added to aluminum, it is used as a major element in only a few instances. One of these, however, is the popular 3003, which is widely used as a generalpurpose alloy for moderatestrength applications requiring good workability Series Major alloying element of this group is silicon, which can be added in sufficient quantities to cause substantial lowering of the melting point without producing brittleness in the resulting alloys. For these reasons aluminumsilicon alloys are used in welding wire and as brazing alloys where a lower melting point than that of the parent metal is required. Most alloys in this series are nonheattreatable, but when used in welding heattreatable alloys they will pick up some of the alloying constituents of the latter and so respond to heat treatment to a limited etent. The alloys containing appreciable amounts of silicon become dark gray when anodic oide finishes are applied, and hence are in demand for architectural applications Series Magnesium is one of the most effective and widely used alloying elements for aluminum. When it is used as the major alloying element or with manganese, the result is a moderate to high strength nonheattreatable alloy. Magnesium is considerably more effective than manganese as a hardener, about 0.8 percent magnesium being equal to.25 percent manganese, and it can be added in considerably higher quantities. lloys in this series possess good welding characteristics and good resistance to corrosion in marine atmosphere. However, certain limitations should be placed on the amount of cold work and the safe operating temperatures permissible for the higher magnesium content alloys (over about 3 percent for operative temperatures above about 50 F (66 C) to avoid susceptibility to stress corrosion.) H4

135 6000 Series lloys in this group contain silicon and magnesium in approimate proportions to form magnesium silicide, thus making them heattreatable. Major alloy in this series is 606, one of the most versatile of the heattreatable alloys. Though less strong than most of the 2000 or 7000 alloys, the magnesiumsilicon (or magnesiumsilicide) alloys possess good formability and corrosion resistance, with medium strength. lloys in this heattreatable group may be formed in the T4 temper (solution heattreated but not artificially aged) and then reach full T6 properties by artificial aging Series Zinc is the major alloying element in this group, and when coupled with a smaller percentage of magnesium results in heattreatable alloys of very high strength. usually other elements such as copper and chromium are also added in small quantities. n outstanding member of this group is 7075, which is among the highest strength alloys available and is used in airframe structures and for highly stressed parts. H5

136 NonHeat Treatable (Common) lloys Ecellent forming qualities, resistance of corrosion, weldability, electrical conductivity. Similar characteristics to 00 but with slightly higher strength, good workability, low wearing when deep drawn, weldability, resistance to corrosion. SME unfired Pressure Vessel Code pproved. Similar characteristics to 3003, but with finer grain structure. Good finishing characteristics. Best alloy for anodizing. Ecellent resistance to corrosion, especially marine environment; good workability, higher strength than 00 or Good finishing characteristics. 5052H2 Plate: SME Unfired Pressure Vessel Code pproved. High strength, high resistance to corrosion, suitable for being welded. Higher strength than 5052 with similar characteristics. Ecellent resistance to corrosion in marine environment. Good workability, weldability. Chemical equipment, heat echanger fins, sheet metal work, dials and mane plates, cooking utensils, decorative parts, giftware, rivets and reflectors. Ductwork, cooking utensils, eyelet stock, ice cube trays, garage doors, awning slats, refrigerator panels, gas lines, gasoline tanks, heat echangers, pressure vessels, chemical equipment, drawn and spun parts, general sheet metal work. Useful where ecessive finishing costs are encountered in the use of 3003 alloys due to surface roughness upon drawing. Kitchen cabinets, small boats, home freezers, milk crates, bus and truck bodies, refrigerator trays, aircraft tube, fencing, fan blades, shoe eyelets. Sheet metal parts, home appliances, tank cars and trailers, shipping drums, instrument cabinets. Welded structures (high strength), pressure vessels, storage tanks, truck and marine applications. Ship yard plate, tanks, structural and marine applications. H6

137 Heat Treatable (Strong) lloys lclad lclad 7075 Good machinability, unecelled for freecutting qualities, good mechanical properties. Relatively high strength, combined with fair workability and good machinability. highstrength material of adequate workability. Has largely superseded 207 for structural applications. use of is not recommended unless subsequently heattreated. Combines high strength of 2024 with ecellent resistance to corrosion in T3 and T4 temper. Its appearance is good. Combines relatively high strength, good workability and high resistance to corrosion; widely available. SME Unfired Pressure Vessel Code pproved. High resistance to corrosion. Good machinability with high strength, corrosion resistance and finishing characteristics are better then 20, 207, 2024 and equal to 606. Very high strength, ecellent resistance to corrosion in the T6 temper. Used for highly stressed structural parts. The 0 temper combines formability with high strength after heat treating. Very high strength material used for highly stressed structural applications where maimum corrosion resistance of lclad 7075 is not required. H7 Screwmachine products, machine parts, atomizer and hose parts, pipe stems, cigarette holders, tube fittings. Screwmachine products, tube fittings, pulleys, gauges, coat hangers, crochet and knitting needles. ircraft parts, truck wheels, caul plates, piano hinges, luggage, scientific instruments, ski poles, fastening devices, veterinary and orthopedic braces and equipment, structures, rivets. ircraft frames and skins, railroad car roofs and sides, truck bodies, caul plates, washers. Sailboats, canoes, truck and bus bodies, scaffolding, transmission towers, mine skips, furniture chemical equipment, marine equipment, fire ladders, moldings, pipe, tankage, tank fittings, general structural and high pressure applications, paper and tetile rolls, wire products, hardware. Irrigation pipe, awning supports, windows, storefronts, architectural trim, storm sash, thresholds, stair rails, lighting standards. Screwmachine products, fittings, couplings, camera parts, nuts. ircraft, skiis. Used where higher strengths than lclad 2024 are required. Keys. erospace application not requiring maimum corrosion resistance of lclad 7075.

138 DESIGNTION OF LUMINUM LLOYS MJOR LLOY GROUPS luminum employs a fourdigit system. The first digit indicates the alloy group. The last two digits identify the alloy or, in the instance of the 000 series, the purity. The second digit indicates a modification of the alloy. The alloy groups are these: XXX luminum 99% and greater 2XXX Copper Major alloying element 3XXX Manganese Major alloying element 4XXX Silicon Major alloying element 6XXX Magnesium & Silicon Major alloying elements 7XXX Zinc Major alloying element 8XXX Other elements 9XXX Unused to date TEMPER SYSTEMS The temper designation follows and is separated from the alloy designation by a dash. i.e. 3003H4 or 606T6. It indicates mechanical or thermal treatment. dditional digits to the right indicate variations in basic treatment. Basic Tempers F s fabricated. No special control over thermal conditions or strain hardening. No mechanical property limits. O nnealed. pplies to wrought products which are annealed to obtain the lowest strength temper. H Strainhardened (cold worked). pplies to products which have their strength increased by strainhardening with or without supplementary thermal treatments to produce some reduction in strength. The H is always followed by two or more digits. W Solution heattreated. n unstable temper applicable only to alloys which spontaneously age at room temperature after solution heat treatment. T Thermally treated to produce stable tempers other than O or H. applies to products which are thermally treated with or without supplementary strainhardening, to produce stable tempers. The T is always followed by one or more digits. NonHeat Treatable lloy Tempers Heat Treatable lloy Tempers 000, 3000 and 5000 Series 2000, 6000 and 7000 Series O H H2 H3 H H2 H6 nnealed and recrystallized. Work or strain hardened. Strain hardened and partially annealed. Strain hardened, then stabilized. digit to the right of H, H2 or H3 above indicate the degree of hardness: is the least degree of strainhardness 2 is hard 4 is hard 6 is hard 8 is full hard Strainhardened less than required for controlled H temper. Equivalent to F temper ecept that mechanical property limits have been set or mechanical listing is required. Work or strain hardened and when tested by the user is required to pass the efoliation corrosion resistance test (asset method.) For more information on aluminum refer to the data section of this catalog. O T T3 T4 T42 T5 T6 T62 T8 T9 T35 H8 nnealed and recrystallized. (Solution nnealed). Naturally aged only (certain etrusions). Solution heat treated, then cold worked and naturally aged. Solution heat treated, then naturally aged. Solution heat treated by the user, and then naturally aged. rtificially aged only (certain etrusions). Solution heat treated, then artificially aged. Solution heat treated by the user, then artificially aged. Solution heat treated, cold worked, then artificially aged. Solution heat treated, artificially aged, then cold worked. Solution heat treated and cold worked (stress relieved by stretching to produce a permanent set of to 3%), minor straightening after stretching. T45 Solution heat treated (stressrelieved by stretching to produce a permanent set of to 3%), minor straightening after stretching. T65 Solution heat treated (stressrelieved by stretching to produce a permanent set of to 3%), with no further straightening. T65 Solution heat treated (stressrelieved by stretching to produce a permanent set of to 3%) and artificially aged, minor straightening after stretching.

139 luminum ngles Etrudedmerican Standard 606T6 vailable in Lengths 25 Ft. Size in Wt. Per Foot /8 /8 / Size in 2 3 5/6 Wt. Per Foot /8 /8 /8 /8 5/ / H9

140 luminum ngles Etruded Sharp Corner 6063T52 Stock Lengths: 6 Ft. ppro. Size in Wt. Per Foot /6 /8 /6 / Size in /8 /8 ppro. Wt. Per Foot / /8.422 / /6 / / luminum Channels Etruded merican Standard 606T6 Stock Lengths: 25 Ft Web Depth & Thickness in /8 /8 /8 Flange Width in ppro. Weight per Foot Web Depth & Thickness in /8 /8 /8 Flange Width in ppro. Weight per Foot H0

141 luminum Channels Etruded luminum ssociation 606T6 Stock Lengths: 25 Ft. Web Depth & Thickness in Flange Width in Flange Thickness in.3.26 ppro. Weight per Foot H

142 luminum Channels Etruded Sharp Corner 6063T52 Stock Lengths: 6 Ft. ppro. Weight Size per Foot 5/8 5/8 /8 3/32 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 / Size 2 2 7/8 2 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 ppro. Weight per Foot luminum Beams (IBeams) Etruded merican Standard 606T6 Stock Lengths: 25 Ft. Flange Thickness in Flange Width in ppro. Weight per Foot H2

143 luminum Beams (WBeams) Etruded luminum ssociation 606T6 Stock Lengths: 25 Ft. Web Depth and Thickness in Flange Width in Flange Thickness in ppro. Weight per Foot luminum Tees Etruded merican Standard 606T6 Stock Lengths: 25 Ft. 2 Size in 2 ppro. Weight per Foot luminum Tees Etruded Sharp Corner 6063T52 Stock Lengths: 6 Ft. Size in ppro. Weight per Foot Size in ppro. Weight per Foot 7/8 /8 /8 / / H3

144 luminum Rounds 606T6 Stock Lengths 2 Ft. Thru 4 Diameter 8/2 Ft. Over 4 Diameter Size in ppro. Wt. per Ft. Size in ppro. Wt. per Ft. /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/ / / / / /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 7/ / / / /6 25/8 2 27/ /8 2/ Other lloys vailable Please Inquire H4

145 luminum Heagons 606T65 Stock Lengths 2 Ft. Size in ppro. Wt. per Ft. Size in ppro. Wt. per Ft. 5/8 /6 7/8 / / Other lloys vailable Please Inquire luminum Squares 606 and 6063 Etruded Stock Lengths 2 Ft Ft Size in ppro. Wt. per Ft. Size in ppro. Wt. per Ft. 5/6 5/8 7/8 / Other lloys vailable Please Inquire H5

146 luminum Flats 606 and 6063 Etruded Stock Lengths Ft Ft. /8 Size in ppro. Wt. per Ft Size in 5/ ppro. Wt. per Ft / / H6

147 luminum Flats 606 and 6063 Etruded Stock Lengths Ft Ft. Size in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs. Size in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs. 5/ Other lloys vailable Please Inquire H7

148 H8 luminum Plate 606 Mill Finish Heat Treatable ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs. ppro. Wt. per Plate in Lbs Decimal Thickness in Width in Length in Other lloys vailable Please Inquire

149 luminum Plate 606 Mill Finish Heat Treatable Decimal Thickness in.500 Width in Length in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs ppro. Wt. per Plate in Lbs Other lloys vailable Please Inquire H9

150 Diamond Tread luminum Floor Plate 3003/606T6 vailable in bright reflective finish and mill finish. Raised lugs are on approimately centers. Opposite side is smooth Dec. Thickness and Size in Wt. per Ft. in Lbs Wt. per Plate in Lbs. Dec. Thickness and Size in 3003 Bright Finish T6 Mill Finish Wt. per Ft. in Lbs Wt. per Plate in Lbs H20

151 H2 Other Sizes vailable Slit and CuttoLength from Coil. luminum Sheet 3003 Mill Finish NonHeat Treatable ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs. ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs. ppro. Wt. per Sheet in Lbs. ppro. Wt. per Plate in Lbs. Dec. Thickness and Size in Dec. Thickness and Size in

152 Other Sizes vailable Slit and CuttoLength from Coil. H22 luminum Sheet 5052 Mill Finish NonHeat Treatable ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs. ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs. ppro. Wt. per Sheet in Lbs. ppro. Wt. per Plate in Lbs. Dec. Thickness and Size in Dec. Thickness and Size in

153 luminum Sheet 606 Mill Finish Heat Treatable Dec. Thickness and Size in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs ppro. Wt. per Sheet in Lbs Dec. Thickness and Size in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs ppro. Wt. per Plate in Lbs Other Sizes vailable Slit and CuttoLength from Coil. H23

154 luminum Round Tubing Drawn 606 Stock Lengths: 2 Ft. Size O.D. in vg. Wall Thickness in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs. Size O.D. in vg. Wall Thickness in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs / /6 5/ /8 7/ / H24

155 luminum Round Tubing 606T65 Etruded Seamless Holobar Stock Lengths: 24 Ft. Size O.D. in 2 vg. Wall Thickness in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs Size O.D. in 4 4 vg. Wall Thickness in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs H25

156 luminum Square Tubing 6063T52 Etruded Stock Lengths: 2 Ft. in. Size O.D. in vg. Wall Thickness in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs Size O.D. in vg. Wall Thickness in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs luminum Rectangular Tubing 6063T52 Etruded Stock Lengths: 2 Ft. In. Size O.D. in vg. Wall Thickness in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs Size O.D. in vg. Wall Thickness in ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs H26

157 luminum Round Pipe 606 and 6063 Etruded Seamless Schedule 40 & 80 Standard IPS Stock Lengths: 20 Ft. Nom. Pipe Size in / ppro. Wt. per Ft. in Lbs O.D. in SCHEDULE I.D. in vg. Wall Thickness in SCHEDULE H27

158 SECTION I Specialty Products Page Reinforcing Bar I Reinforcing Wire Mesh I Epanded Metal I2 Epanded Metal Grating I6 Bar Grating I7 Perforated Metal I8 Safety Grating I Fiberglass I2

159

160 Concrete Reinforcing Bar STM 65 No Grade, Grade 40 & Grade 60 vailable Lengths 20 Ft. & 40 Ft. Bar Size Nominal Dimensions 5/8 7/8 /8 Bar No.* Metric Bar Size Diameter rea Sq.In Perimeter *Bar Numbers are the eighths of an inch in the nominal diameter. Weight Lbs. Per Ft Reinforcing Wire Mesh STM 85 vailable in Rolls or Flat Sheets Spacing in Long. Trans Wire Gauge in Long. Trans Per Foot of Width Sq. In. Trans Sq. In. Long Section reas Weight Lbs. Per 00 Sq.Ft I

161 Style #24 #22 #20 #20 #8 #20 #8 #6 #3 #6 #3 #0 # 9 #6 #8 #6 #3 #0 # 9 # 6 2 #0 2 # 9 Weight in lbs. per c.s.f. vailable Standard Sizes in Feet Regular Epanded Metal Carbon Steel Size of Openings in Center to Center Bond In Size of Strands In Plain Galv. Width Length Width Length Width Length Width Thickness N/ N/ N/ B B B B Percent Open rea Overall Thickness in I2

162 Style Weight in lbs. per c.s.f. #8 #6 #3 #8 #6 #3 #9 #6 #3 # vailable Standard Sizes in Feet Regular Epanded Metal Carbon Steel Size of Openings in Center to Center Bond In Size of Strands In Width Length Width Length Width Length Width Thickness Regular Epanded Metal luminum Percent Open rea Overall Thickness in I3

163 Flattened Epanded Metal Carbon Steel Weight in lbs. per c.s.f. vailable Standard Sizes in Feet Size of Openings in Center to Center Bond In Size of Strands In Style Plain Galv. Width Length Width Length Width Length Width Thickness N/ N/ N/ Percent Open rea Overall Thickness in #24 #22 #20 #20 #8 #20 #8 #6 #3 #6 #4 #3 # 9 #6 #6 #4 #3 #9 I4

164 Style Weight in lbs. per c.s.f. #8 #6 #3 #8 #6 #3 # 9 #6 #3 # Flattened Epanded Metal Stainless Steel vailable Standard Sizes in Feet Size of Openings in Center to Center Bond In Size of Strands In Width Length Width Length Width Length Width Thickness Flattened Epanded Metal luminum Percent Open rea Overall Thickness in I5

165 Style 3 lb. 3.4 lb. 4 lb lb. 5 lb lb. 7 lb. Weight in lbs. per c.s.f. vailable Standard Sizes in Feet Epanded Metal Grating Carbon Steel Size of Openings in Center to Center Bond In Size of Strands In Plain Galv. Width Length Width Length Width Length Width Thickness Percent Open rea Overall Thickness in I6

166 Steel Bar Grating Bearing bars and cross bars are joined by automatic forgewelding machines which control heat, pressure and electric current. Result: sturdy, onepiece grating with flush top surface. Bar grating is widely used for walkways, fire escapes, floors, decks, etc. vailable plain, painted, galvanized or vinyl coated, regular or with serrated edges, spiraldrawn or smooth round cross bars. lso available in stainless and aluminum. Standard Widths: 24 and 36 Standard Lengths: 240 and 288 Standard Mesh 9W4 9W2 Close Mesh 5W4 5W2 TOP VIEW BERING BRS Center to Center 5/6 5/6 CROSS BRS Center to Center SPECIFY FOR: General Duty pplications Smaller Openings Heavier Loads, Smaller Openings Heaviest Loads, Smallest Openings 2 2 Bearing Bars /8 /8 /8 /8 Cross Bars 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/6 WEIGHT IN LBS. PER SQ. FT. Type Type 9W4 9W Type 5W Type 5W I7

167 Perforated Metal Carbon Steel Round Perforation Sizes /6 /6 /6 5/64 5/64 3/32 3/32.7 /8 /8 5/32 5/6 Hole Centers.050 Straight.066 Straight.088 Staggered.088 Staggered 3/32 7/64 /8 7/64 /8 5/32 5/32 5/6 5/6 7/6 9/6 /6 Gauges vailable , , 20, 8, , 6 22,8,6, ,22,20,8,6,4,2, 6 22, 20, 8, 6 24, 22, 20, 8, 6 6,, 20, 8, 6, 4 20,8,6,4,,0,,, 20, 6,,, 20, 6, 4,,,, 6,,,, Open rea 23.0% 36.0% 24.0% 24.0% 4.0% 30.0% 23.0% 46.0% 36.0% 33.0% 3.0% 5.0% 40.0% 23.0% 63.0% 50.0% 32.0% 58.0% 40.0% 46.0% 52.0% 40.0% 48.0% 5.0% 58.0% I8

168 Perforated Metal luminum 3003H4 Standard Sizes: 3 & Round Perforation Sizes.033 /6 /6 /6 3/32.7 /8 /8 5/32 Hole Centers.050 Straight 3/32 Staggered 7/64 /8 5/32 5/ /6 5/6 Staggered Gauges vailable , , , ,.050,.063, ,.040,.050, Open rea 28.0% 4.0% 30.0% 23.0% 33.0% 5.0% 50.0% 40.0% 63.0% 50.0% 32.0% 58.0% I9

169 Perforated Metal Stainless Steel Type 304 Standard Sizes: 3 & 4 8 & 0 Round Perforation Sizes /6 /6 3/32 /8 /8 5/32 Hole Centers.055 Straight.066 Straight 3/32 Staggered /8 5/32 Rev. Stg. Staggered 5/6 5/6 9/6 /6 Gauges vailable , 20 22, 20 22, 8, 6 22, 20, 8, 6, 4, 8 20, 8, 6 22, 20, 8, 6 6, 22, 20, 8, 6 8, 6, 4,, 6, 6,, Open rea 34.0% 37.0% 4.0% 23.0% 33.0% 40.0% 0.0% 63.0% 50.0% 32.0% 58.0% 40.0% 40.0% 48.0% Perforated Metal Stainless Steel Type 36 Standard Sizes: 3 & 4 8 & 0 Round Perforation Sizes Hole Centers Gauges vailable Open rea /8 Staggered 6, % 40.0% I0

170 Safety Grating Safety Grating is a pregalvanized, one piece,plank type grating. Its slipresistant open diamond pattern, serrated surface and load supporting characteristics offer an ecellent choice where light weight and strength are required. Virtually maintenance free. RRG602. lso available in aluminum and stainless steel. Gauge Width Depth 4G Weight per Lineal Ft. in Lbs G G G I

171 Molded Grating Products Height (in.) Mesh Size (in.) Std. Panel Size (Ft) Open rea Weight (lbs./ft.) % % % % % 2.52 I2

172 Molded Grating Products Height (in.) Mesh Size (in.) Std. Panel Size (Ft) Open rea Weight (lbs./ft.) % % % % % 2.52 I3

173 I4 Molded Grating Products Height (in.) Weight (lbs./ft.) Open rea Std. Panel Size (Ft) Mesh Size (in.) % 42% 30% 68% 56%

174 Molded Grating Products Height (in.) Mesh Size (in.) Std. Panel Size (Ft) Open rea Weight (lbs./ft.) % % % % % 4.4 I5

175 Molded Grating Products Height (in.) Mesh Size (in.) Std. Panel Size (Ft) Open rea Weight (lbs./ft.) % % % % % 4. I6

176 Pultruded Grating Products Height (in.) Width (ft.) Length (Ft) Open rea Weight (lbs./ft.) 3, 4 8,0, 2, 20 40% , 4 8,0, 2, 20 50% 2.5 3, 4 8,0, 2, , 4 8,0, 2, 20 40% 3.28 I7

177 Pultruded Grating Products Height (in.) Width (ft.) Length (Ft) Open rea Weight (lbs./ft.) 3, 4 8,0, 2, 20 50% , 4 8,0, 2, 20 60% , 4 8,0, 2, 20 40% , 4 8,0, 2, 20 50% 3.48 I8

178 Pultruded Grating Products Height (in.) Width (ft.) Length (Ft) Open rea Weight (lbs./ft.).25 3, 4 8,0, 2, 20 60% , 4 8,0, 2, 20 40% , 4 8,0, 2, 20 50% , 4 8,0, 2, 20 60% 3.7 I9

179 Pultruded Grating Products Height (in.) Width (ft.) Length (Ft) Open rea Weight (lbs./ft.) 2 3, 4 8,0, 2, 20 33% , 4 8,0, 2, 20 50% , 4 8,0, 2, 20 33% , 4 8,0, 2, 20 50% 6.8 I20

180 SECTION J Brass, Bronze, Copper Page Introduction to Red Metals J Brass Rounds J3 Brass Heagons J5 Brass Squares J6 Brass Flats J6 Bronze Rounds J7 Bronze Tube Hollow Rounds J8 Copper Rounds J0 Copper Squares J Copper Bus Bars J

181

182 Product Introduction Copper, Brass & Bronze Copper C0 Electrolytic Tough Pitch Copper C0 has the highest degree of electrical conductivity of any metal ecept silver. High ductility makes it a good choice for drawing, forming and spinning operations. It can be coldworked or hotformed and has highly suitable characteristics for welding and soldering. The corrosion resistance is ecellent and C0 conforms to STM specification B33 (H04) and B87. Brass C353 Leaded Brass This alloy is suited where etensive machining is performed in conjunction with or followed by severe knurling, deep thread rolling, deep roll stenciling, spinning, stabbing, flattening, bending or flaring and epanding. It conforms to STM B453. C360 Free Cutting Brass C360 is ideally suited for high speed machining operations with its superior machinability, thread rolling, and knurling characteristics. Its machinability rating of 00 is the standard against which all other copper alloys are rated. It is easily soldered or brazed and has good resistance to corrosion. Typical applications include gears, pinions, plumbing fittings, adapters, valves, valve stems, and various screw machine products. C360 conforms to STM B6 specifications. C464 Naval Brass With the addition of tin to copper and zinc, C464 provides a high degree of corrosion resistance to sea water at even higher than normal temperatures while also assuring good strength and rigidity. C464 possesses ecellent capacity for hot working and adapts well for hot forging and pressing. it also lends itself to drawing,forming and bending, and is readily soldered, brazed, and welded. Conforming to STM B2 specifications, C464 has typical applications of valve stems, pump shafts, marine hardware, nuts, bolts, and rivets. C485 Leaded Naval Brass Very similar to C464, ecept with the addition of lead for superior machining characteristics. This is the freecutting naval brass, and it conforms to STM B2 specifications. J

183 C694 Silicon Brass C694 offers ecellent wear resistance with a low coefficient of friction and therefore is used where corrosion resistance and high strength are critical. It has ecellent capacity for being hot formed but is not recommended for cold working, and has an ecellent rating for soldering and brazing. Conforming to STM B37 and B249 specifications, C694 is often used for forgings and screw machine products. Bearing Bronze C674 Manganese Bronze this is a high strength, nonheat treatable material intended for use in applications requiring a combination of outstanding wear characteristics and high bearing strength. it has ecellent hot forming capacities and is typically used for bushings, gears, connecting rods, wear plates and shafts. C674 conforms to SE J46 and J463 specifications. C932 Bearing Bronze C932 (SE 660) bearing bronze has ecellent load capacity and antifriction qualities that make it preferred for a wide variety of applications such as machine tools, power transmission equipment, electric motors, automotive equipment, tractors, cranes, hoists, elevators and many types of accessory and special equipment. it has good machining characteristics, resists many chemicals and is generally recommended for medium speed, medium load applications. C932 conforms to STM B505 specifications. C954 luminum Bronze This is the most popular, all purpose aluminum bronze. It provides high yield and tensile strength, good ductility and weldability, unusual toughness and eceptional resistance to wear, fatigue and deformation. C954 conforms to STM 505 specifications. J2

184 FreeCutting Brass Rounds C360 Half Hard (H02) Temper Stock lengths: 2 Ft. thru 4 dia. 7 to 2 Ft. over 4 dia. Size in Weight Per Foot Size in Weight Per Foot /6 3/32 7/64 /8 9/64 5/32 /64 3/64 7/32 5/64 7/64 9/32 9/64 5/6 2/64 /32 23/64 25/64 3/32 27/64 7/6 29/64 5/32 33/64 7/32 9/6 9/32 5/8 2/32 /6 23/32 25/32 27/32 7/8 29/32 5/6 3/ /32 /6 /32 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 2 2/6 2/ /8 2 27/8 3 3/ J3

185 Naval Brass Rounds C464, C485 Half Hard (H02) Temper Stock lengths: 2 Ft. Size in 5/8 7/8 Weight Per Foot Size in Weight Per Foot Silicon Brass Rounds C694 Stock lengths: 2 Ft. Size in Weight Per Foot Size in Weight Per Foot J4

186 FreeCutting Brass Heagons C360 Half Hard (H02) Temper Stock Lengths: 2 Ft. Size in Weight Per Foot Size in Weight Per Foot /8 5/32 7/32 9/32 5/6 /32 3/32 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/ /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 2 2/ Silicon Brass Heagons C694 Stock lengths: 2 Ft. Size in 5/8 2 Weight Per Foot Size in 2/8 2 2 Weight Per Foot J5

187 FreeCutting Brass Squares C360 Half Hard (H02) Temper Stock Lengths: 2 Ft. Size in 3/32 /8 5/32 7/32 3/32 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 FreeCutting Brass Flats C360 Half Hard (H02) Temper Stock lengths: 2 Ft. /8 Size in Weight Per Foot Weight Per Foot /8 Size in 7/8 /8 5/ Size in / Weight Per Foot Weight Per Foot J6

188 Manganese Bronze Rounds C674 SE J46 and J463 Stock Lengths: 2 Ft. Size in Weight Per Foot 7/ Size in 2/6 2 Weight Per Foot Bearing Bronze Rounds C932 (SE 660) Continuous Cast Stock Lengths: 3 and 05 Size in 5/ Weight Per Weight Per Weight Per J7

189 J8 Bearing Bronze Tube Hollows C932 (SE) 660) Continuous Cast Stock Lengths: 3 and Size in Weight Per 3 Weight Per Weight Per

190 J9 Bearing Bronze Tube Hollows C932 (SE) 660) Continuous Cast Stock Lengths: 3 and Size in Weight Per 3 Weight Per Weight Per

191 Bearing Bronze Tube Hollows C932 (SE) 660) Continuous Cast Stock Lengths: 3 and 05 Size in Weight Per Weight Per 3 Weight Per Copper Rounds C0 Electrolytic Tough Pitch Hard (H04) Temper Stock Lengths: 2 Ft. Size in 5/8 7/8 /8 Weight per Ft. in Lbs Size in Weight per Ft. in Lbs J0

192 Copper Squares C0 Electrolytic Tough Pitch Hard (H04) Temper Stock Lengths: 2 Ft. Size in Weight per Ft. in Lbs Size in Weight per Ft. in Lbs Copper Bus Bar C0 Electrolytic Tough Pitch Hard (H04) Temper Full Rounded Edge and Square Edge Stock Lengths: 2 Ft. /8 Size in Weight per Ft. in Lbs Size in Weight per Ft. in Lbs J

193 SECTION K Data & Reference Page Nominal Chemical Compositions lloy Steel K5 luminum K3 Carbon Steel K Copper & Copper lloy K5 Stainless Steel K0 Mechanical Properties lloy Steel K2 luminum K47 Carbon Steel K2 Copper & Copper lloys K5 Stainless Steel K39 Corrosion Resistance K40 Standard Mfg. Tolerances luminum Bars K97 Pipe K98 Sheet & Pipe K96 & K99 Tread Plate K98 Tube K98 Carbon Steel Hot Rolled Shapes & Bars K50 Cold Finished Bars K55 Hot Rolled lloy Bars K57 Cold Finished lloy Bars K59 Plates K27 Gauge Thickness Tolerances K6 Hot Rolled Sheets K62 Cold Rolled Sheets K66 Galvanized Sheets K70 luminized Sheet K75 Hot Rolled Strip K77 Tubing & Pipe K79 Copper & Copper lloy Bars K0 Sheet & Strip K03 Tubing K04

194 Standard Mfg. Tolerances (cont.) Stainless Steel Plates K89 Hot Rolled Bars K90 Cold Rolled Bars K9 Pipe K92 Tubing K93 Cold Rolled Strip K94 Sheet K95 Hardness Conversion Table K05 Gauge to Decimal Table K06 U.S. & Metric Equivalents K08 Geometric Formulas K Summary of Common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard K3 Sorted by Product, then STM Standard K27 Glossary K42

195 ISI & SE Standard Chemical Compositions of Carbon Steels Standard Steels Nonresulphurized ISI No.* C Mn. P Ma. S Ma. SE No. 008 M M00 02 M M M M M M ma 0.0 ma * Prefi M denotes merchant quality grades with wider carbon and manganese ranges that fit standard steels. K

196 ISI & SE Standard Chemical Compositions of Carbon Steels Standard Steels Nonresulphurized ISI No.* C Mn. P Ma. S Ma. SE No M M * Prefi M denotes merchant quality grades with wider carbon and manganese ranges that fit standard steels. K2

197 ISI & SE Standard Chemical Compositions of Carbon Steels Standard Steels Nonresulphurized ISI No.* C Mn P Ma S Ma SE No Standard Steels Resulphurized 09 0 B2 B ma..3 ma Standard Steels Rephosphorized and Resulphurized L ma..3 ma..3 ma..5 ma..09 ma Prefi B denotes acid Bessemer steels. When lead or copper are required, they are added elements to a standard steel. Lead is generally added in amounts ranging from 0.5 to 0.35%; identified by inserting the letter L between the second and third numbers (eample, 2L4). Copper added in minimum of 0.20%. K3

198 ISI & SE Standard Chemical Compositions of Carbon Steels When silicon is required, the following ranges and limits are commonly used for basic open hearth steel grades: Standard Steel Designation Silicon Ranges or Limits Nonresulphurized Up to 05 Ecl ma incl ma., , or Over or Resulphurized Up to 0 incl ma. 6 and Over ma., 0.0/0.20, or 0.5/0.30 K4

199 ISI & SE Standard Chemical Compositions of Standard lloy Steels Open Hearth and Electric Furnace ISI No.* C Mn NI Cr Mo Manganese Steels Other Elements a,b a,b a,b a,b SE No Molybdenum Steels a,b a,b b,c a,b b,c a,b a,b Chromium Molybdenum Steels a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b K5

200 ISI & SE Standard Chemical Compositions of Standard lloy Steels Open Hearth and Electric Furnace ISI No.* C Mn NI Cr E4340 Nickel Chromium Molybdenum Steels Mo Other Elements a,b a,b a,b SE No E4340 Manganese 0.80% Molybdenum 0.40% Steels a,b 449 Nickel.75% Molybdenum 0.25% Steels a,b a,b b,c a,b 4626 Nickel.05% Chromium 0.45% Molybdenum 0.20% Steels a,b a,b 4720 *Prefi E denotes electric furnace steel; all other analyses are open hearth or oygen process steels. (a) Phosphorus content for basic open hearth or oygen process steels is 0.35%. (b) Silicon content is.20 to.35%. (c)sulphur content is.035 to 0.50% Nickel 3.50% Molybdenum 0.25% Steels a,b a,b a,b Chromium Steels E500 E a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b K6

201 ISI & SE Standard Chemical Compositions of Standard lloy Steels Open Hearth and Electric Furnace ISI No.* C Mn NI Cr Chromium Vanadium Steels Mo.0.5 V.5 min. Other Elements a,b a,b SE No Nickel 0.55% Chromium 0.50% Molybdenum 0.20% 0.30% Steels V a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b a,b Silicon Manganese Steels (Silicon Content is.8 to 2.2%) a a *Prefi E denotes electric furnace steel; all other analyses are open hearth or oygen process steels. (a) Phosphorus content for basic open hearth or oygen process steels is.035%; for basic electric furnace steel,.025%; Sul phur content for basic open hearth or oygen process steels is 040%; for basic electric furnace steel,.025%. (b) Silicon content is.20 to.35%. K7

202 NOTE: Phosphorus is 0.035% ma., sulphur, 0.040% ma. Notes on lloy Steels ISI & SE Standard Chemical Compositions of Standard Boron Steels Minimum boron content of % can be epected. ISI No.* C Mn SI NI Cr Mo SE No. 50B44 50B46 50B50 50B60 5B60 8B45 94B Note : Grades shown with prefi letter E are normally made only by the basic electric furnace process. ll others are normally manufactured by the basic open hearth or basic oygen processes but may be manufactured by the basic electric furnace process with adjustments in phosphorus and sulphur. Note 2: Phosphorus and sulphur limits for each process are: K Maimum Per Cent Steel Making Process P S Basic electric furnace Basic open hearth or basic oygen cid electric furnace cid open hearth Note 3: Minimum silicon for acid open hearth or acid electric furnace alloy steel is 0.5%. Note 4: Small quantities of certain elements are present in alloy steels which are not specified or required. Elements considered incidental may be present to the following maimum amounts: copper, 0.35%; nickel, 0.25%; chromium, 0.20%; and molybdenum, 0.06%. Note 5: Where minimum and maimum sulphur content is shown it is indicative of resulphurized steel. Note 6: The chemical ranges and limits shown are subject to the check analysis tolerances. 50B44 50B46 50B50 50B60 5B60 8B45 94B7 Note 7: Standard alloy steels can be produced with a lead range of 0.05 to 0.35%. Such steels are identified by inserting the letter L between the second and third numerals of the ISI number (eample: 4L40). Ladle analysis for lead is not determinable since lead is added to the ladle stream while ingot is poured.

203 Chemical Composition of lloy Steel Plate Open Hearth and Basic Oygen (For electric furnace Steel see note D) ISI No.* C Mn NI Cr Mo Other Elements a,b a,b a,b a,b,c a,b a,b (a) Phosphorus content is 0.035% maimum, sulphur, 0.40%. (b) Silicon content is.5 to 0.30%. Ranges of 0.0%0.20%, %, and 0.35% maimum (when carbon deoidized) when specified by the purchaser. (c) Vanadium content is 0.5% minimum. (d) When electric furnace steel is ordered, the carbon range is restricted to 0.0%, manganese 0.05%, chromium 0.05% up to.25%, incl., and 0.0% over.25%. The maimum phosphorus and sulphur is 0.025% each. K9

204 Chemical Composition of Stainless Steel ISI Carbon Chromium Nickel B Se L S L 36F 37 D F Se Ma..5 Ma..5 Ma..5 Ma..5 Ma..5 Ma..5 Ma..08 Ma..03 Ma..2 Ma..5 Ma..08 Ma..20 Ma..08 Ma..25 Ma..25 Ma..08 Ma..03 Ma..0 Ma..08 Ma..07 Ma..08 Ma..25 Ma..20 Ma..08 Ma..08 Ma..08 Ma..5 Ma..08 Ma..5 Ma..5 Ma Other Elements Mn , P.060 Ma., N.25 Ma. Mn , P.060 Ma., N.25 Ma. Si P.20 Ma., S.5 Min., Mo.60 Ma. P.20 Ma., S.06 Ma., Se.5 Min. Mn Si.50 Ma. Si Mo Mo P or S.07 Min. Mo Mo Mo Ti 5 C Min. Mo Cb + Ta 0 C Min. Cb + Ta 0 C Min. + Se Cb + Ta 0 C Min., Ta.0 Ma., Co.20 Ma. Si.50 Ma. l.0.30 Mn..25 Ma., P.06 Ma., S.5 Min., Mo.60 Ma. K0

205 Chemical Composition of Stainless Steel ISI Carbon Chromium Nickel 46F 46 Se F 420F Se Ti 430F B 440C 440F 440F Se W P 74 Cu Mo PH 44 Mo.08 Ma..5 Ma. Over.5 Over.5 Over.5.2 Ma..2 Ma..2 Ma..20 Ma Ma..20 Ma..20 Ma..08 Ma..5 Ma..5 Ma..08 Ma Ma K Other Elements Mn.00 Ma., P..05 Ma., S.35 Min., Mo.60 Ma. Mn.25 Ma., P.06 Ma., S.06 Ma., Se.5 Min. P or S.07 Min., Zr or Mo.60 Ma. P or Se.07 Min., Zr or Mo.60 Ma. Ti 6 C Min. Mn.25 Ma., P.06 Ma., S.5 Min., Mo.60 Ma. Mo.75 Ma. Mo.75 Ma. Mo P or S.05 Min., Zr or Mo.60 Ma. P or Se.07 Min. Mn.50 Ma. N.25 Ma. W Mn 2.00 Ma., P.040 Ma. P Mo , Cu , Cb + Ta.00 Ma., Ti.60 Ma Mn , P.06 Ma., N.5.40 Mn , S.2 Ma., N.30.50, P.045 Ma. Cu , P.040 Ma., Mn.00 Ma., Mo , Cb + Ta.0.40

206 Chemical Composition of Stainless Steel ISI Carbon Chromium Nickle Other Elements Ph 57 Mo W PH 57 Mo 74 PH W74 PH 77 PH W 77 PH.09 Ma..09 Ma..07 Ma..06 Ma..09 Ma..09 Ma Mo , Mn.00 Ma., l Mo , l.75.25, P.025 Ma., S.025 Ma. Cu , Mn.00 Ma., Cb + Ta.5.45 Cu , Si.75 Ma., Cb + Ta.0.35 Mn.00 Ma., l l.75.25, P.025 Ma., Si.50 Ma., S.025 Ma. Unless otherwise show Manganese 2.00 Maimum, all 300 types.00 Maimum, all 400 types Silicon.00 Maimum, all types Sulphur 0.30 Maimum, all types Phosphorus.45 Maimum, all 300 types.040 Maimum, all 400 types K2

207 Chemical Composition of luminum Maimum Chemical Composition (in Percent) Others lloy Si Fe Cu Mn Mg Cr Zn Ti Each Total l EC Si+Fe a Remainder Remainder Remainder Remainder 2024 lclad Same as 2024 alloy, ecept clad both sides with 230 alloy Remainder Remainder 3003 lclad Same as 3003 alloy, ecept clad both sides with 7027 alloy Remainder 3004 lclad Same as 3004 alloy, ecept clad both sides with 7072 alloy Remainder K3 (a) lso contains % each of lead and bismuth.

208 Chemical Composition of luminum Maimum Chemical Composition (in Percent) lloy Si Fe Cu Mn Mg Cr Zn Ti Si+Fe Si+Fe 0.0 Si+Fe Si+Fe 0.7 Others Each Total l lclad lclad 778 K Remainder Remainder Remainder Remainder Remainder Remainder Remainder Remainder Remainder Remainder b Remainder Remainder Remainder Remainder Remainder Same as 606 alloy, ecept clad both sides with 7072 alloy Si+Fe Same as 7075 alloy, ecept clad both sides with 7072 alloy (b) lso contains % each of lead and bismuth.

209 Copper and Copper lloy Products Nominal Chemical and Typical Mechanical Properties Machinability Rating %* COMPOSITION % MECHNICL PHYSICL Tensile Yield Elongation Rockwell Melting Electrical Strength Strength in Copper Zinc Lead Tin Nickel Others 2 Hardness Point Conductivity ksi ksi % F (nnealed)% UNS Number Description Temper Copper lloy ROD (.00 Dia.) Te /8H Hard H Hard Copper Tellurium Copper C000 C F40 B47 B42 B B43 B80 S.40 Cr.0 B H Bending H Bending Sulfur Cooper (OFCH) Chromium Copper Commercial Bronze Commercial Bronze C4700 C8200 C3400 C K B70 B H H Flanging Brass Free Cutting Brass C35300 C B95 B Hard H Naval Brass (Nonleaded) Naval Brass (Leaded) C46400 C B80 B Fe 3.5 l Hard Phosphorus Bronze (FC) luminum Bronze C54400 C * FC Brass = 00% ksi = 000 psi

210 Copper and Copper lloy Products Nominal Chemical and Typical Mechanical Properties Copper lloy ROD (.00 Dia.) 630 C UNS Number Description Temper C64200 Nickelluminum Bronze luminum Silicon Bronze HR50 HR50 COMPOSITION % MECHNICL PHYSICL Copper Zinc Lead Tin Nickel Others Fe 2.5 l0.0 Si.8 l 7.0 Tensile Strength ksi Yield Strength ksi Elongation in 2 % 5 2 Rockwell Hardness B98 B94 Melting Point F Electrical Conductivity (nnealed)% C79200 C93200 SHEET (.040 Thick) 0 C000 Copper C2200 C22000 C23000 Nickel Silver (Leaded) Bronze Bushing (DHP) Copper Roofing Cooper Commercial Bronze Red Brass Hard Soft /8H H /8H Soft /8H Soft H H Soft P B84 F76 F40 F69 B40 F70 F45 F60 F53 B47 B58 F Machinability Rating %* K6

211 Copper and Copper lloy Products Nominal Chemical and Typical Mechanical Properties Copper lloy UNS Number Description Temper SHEET (.040 Thick) 260 C26000 Brass Soft H H H Hard Spring COMPOSITION % MECHNICL PHYSICL Tensile Yield Elongation Rockwell Melting Electrical Strength Strength in Copper Zinc Lead Tin Nickel Others 2 Hardness Point Conductivity ksi ksi % F (nnealed)% F64 B55 B70 B70 B82 B Machinability Rating %* C28000 C35300 C46400 C5000 C6400 Muntz Metal Leaded Brass Naval Brass Phosphor Bronze luminum Bronze** CR H H Etra/H Spring Soft P.20 Fe 2.0 l B55 B70 B60 B93 B95 B C75200 Nickel Silver Soft B * FC Brass = 00% **Based on /8 ksi = 000 psi K7

212 Copper and Copper lloy Products Nominal Chemical and Typical Mechanical Properties Copper lloy UNS Number Description Temper PLTE (.00 Thick) 0 C000 Copper C2200 C28000 C35300 C46400 C6400 (DHP) Copper Muntz Metal Leaded Brass Naval Brass luminum Bronze** Soft /8H /8H CR H HR Soft COMPOSITION % MECHNICL PHYSICL Tensile Yield Elongation Rockwell Melting Electrical Strength Strength in Copper Zinc Lead Tin Nickel Others 2 Hardness Point Conductivity ksi ksi % F (nnealed)% P.02 Fe 2.0 l F40 F70 F40 B55 B70 B55 B Machinability Rating %* TUBE (.00 OD X.065 Wall) 22 C2200 (DHP) Copper C27200 C33000 C93200 C95400 Brass Brass Bronze Bushing luminum Bronze Soft Hard DGP DGP DGP P.02 Fe 3.5 l min. 54.0min F40 B63 F min.30T 53.0min.30T F76 B * FC Brass = 00%** Based on /8 ksi = 000 psi Based on 7/8 ID OD DGP = Drawn General Purpose K8

213 Copper and Copper lloy Products Nominal Chemical and Typical Mechanical Properties Copper lloy PIPE ( SPS) UNS Number Description Temper C2200 C23000 (DHP) Copper Red Brass Hard DGP COMPOSITION % MECHNICL PHYSICL Tensile Yield Elongation Rockwell Melting Electrical Strength Strength in Copper Zinc Lead Tin Nickel Others 2 Hardness Point Conductivity ksi ksi % F (nnealed)% P B55 B Machinability Rating %* * FC Brass = 00% **Elongation in 0 Based on 3.25 OD K9

214 Copper and Copper lloy Products Nominal Chemical and Typical Mechanical Properties mpco lloy Copper lloy MPCO (.00 Dia.) C62400 UNS Number Description Temper Et. Rod HR COMPOSITION % PHYSICL Copper Zinc Iron lum Nickel Chromium Tensile Strength ksi 05.0 Yield Strength ksi 52.0 Elongation in 2 4 % Rockwell Hard B92 Melting Point F 900 Electrical Conductivity (nnealed)% 2 Machinability Rating %* C95400 Cast Rod B C95400 Cast Sq B C95400 Cast Rect B C95400 Cast Tube B C63000 WIRE (0.80 Dia.) C000 C & under Over 3 Copper Brass HR50 TQ50 Soft Soft H Spring ** B98 B * FC Brass = 00% **Elongation in 0 Based on 3.25 OD K20

215 Mechanical Properties Of Steel The mechanical properties shown below are for general information purposes and are for steels in the asrolled condition ecept where noted. Estimated minimum values for hot rolled and cold drawn carbon steel bars can normally be epected in sizes ranging from to, and are based on standard tensile test specimens with 2 inch gauge lengths per STME8. Yield strength values shown for the quenched and tempered condition are determined by the.2% offset method per STME8. Case Hardening or Low Carbon Bars ISI No. Or Trade Name M Condition of Steel Hot R d. Hot R d. Cold Dr. Tensile Strength KSI Yield Strength KSI % Elong. in % Red. of rea Hardness Br. R 6 26 B72 B79 B85 Machinabiity Rating (C22=00) L8 Cold Dr B Hot R d. TG&P B79 B L4 Cold Dr B L4+Te Cold Dr B Cold Dr B L7 Hot R d. Cold Dr. Hot R d. Cold Dr B78 B87 B78 B L20 Hot R d. Cold Dr B90 C E4320 Hot R d. Cold Dr B85 B Hot R d. Cold Dr B90 B E4620 Hot R d. Cold Dr B90 C C865/867 Hot R d B Hot R d. Cold Dr B90 C Medium Carbon/Direct Hardening Bars 035 Hot R d B90 65 K2

216 ISI No. Or Trade Name M044 Condition of Steel Hot R d. Mechanical Properties Of Steel Medium Carbon/Direct Hardening Bars Tensile Strength KSI 80 Yield Strength KSI 44 % Elong. in 2 6 % Red. of rea 40 Br. Hardness R Machinabiity Rating (C22=00) Hot R d. Cold Dr C6 C TG&P C Cold Dr C Hot R d. Cold Dr B95 C TG&P B Drawn, G&P C9 70 L4 Hot R d. Cold Dr B95 C Hot R d. Cold Dr B95 C E430 *Hot R d. *Cold Dr B90 B *Hot R d. *Cold Dr B9 C *Hot R d B L4042 *Hot R d. *Cold Dr B9 C L47/50 Rounds *Hot R d. *Cold Dr C6 C Mod. RS Sqs.Flats *Hot R d C C4340 *Hot R d. *Cold Dr C5 C E650 *Hot R d B90 50 E8740 *Cold Dr C9 66 *nnealed K22

217 ISI No. Or Trade Name Condition of Steel Mechanical Properties Of Steel High Carbon/Direct Hardening Bars Tensile Strength KSI Yield Strength KSI % Elong. in 2 % Red. of rea Br. Hardness R Machinabiity Rating (C22=00) 095 Hot R d C28 Heat Treated Bars/Minimum Properties Properties are at center of bars up to, and at half radius of bars over. Yield strength0.2% offset per STME8. Trade Name or Type STM 82 Gr. F Condition of Steel Hot Rolled Tensile Strength KSI 70 Yield Strength KSI 40 % Elong. in 2 20 % Red. of rea 30 Hardness Br. R 82/92 Machinabiity Rating (C22=00) STM 93 Gr. B7 STM 93 Gr. B6 MilS222 Gr. B7 Stress Proof Fatigue Proof e.t.d 50 4L40/50 H.T. 450 Mod. RS H.T. 450 Mod RS H.T. Hot Rolled & Cold Finished 2 & under /6 4 Hot Rolled Over Hot Rolled & Cold Finished 2 & under /6 3 Over 3 5 Over Hot Rolled 25 2 & under 5 29/ Over 5 7 Cold Dr. 25 Dr. at elevated temp. Dr. at elevated temp Hot Rolled & Cold Finished 4 & under Hot Rolled Over 4 8 Over 8 0 0/ H.R. Square 2 & under 40 29/ H.R. Flats 35 H.R. Rounds Thru 30 5/ / /88 5 8/ /32 269/32 269/32 255/ Ma. 293 Ma. 293 Ma. 269/32 269/32 269/ /32 269/32 269/32 269/32 34 Ma. 34 Ma /3 262/3 262/3 262/3 262/32 27/34 27/34 27/34 25/30 30 Ma. 29 Ma. 29 Ma. 23/27 30 C32 27/34 27/34 27/35 27/35 32/37 29/37 22/ *nnealed Indicates minimum aim properties. K23

218 Trade Name or Type Condition of Steel Hot Rolled & under Over 25/6 3 55/ Hot Rolled 8 & under Mechanical Properties Of Steel Heat Treated Bars, Continued Tensile Strength KSI Yield Strength KSI 420/42 Hot Rolled & Cold Finished 2 & under / Over % Elong. in % Red. of rea Br. 269/32 269/32 269/32 285/34 285/34 285/34 285/34 285/34 302/363 Hardness R 27/34 27/34 27/34 29/36 29/36 29/36 29/36 29/36 32/39 Machinabiity Rating (C22=00) Nitralloy Hot Rolled 35 Mod. 3 & less Ma. 3 Ma Plates Typical Properties Properties shown for annealed and as rolled alloy plate are based on single test results. They will vary considerably dependent on thickness. Trade Tensile Yield % % pproimate Name or Condition Strength Strength Elong. Elong. Brinell Type of Steel KSI KSI in 2 in 8 Hardness General Purpose s Rolled s Rolled s Rolled Structural Quality Carbon STM 283, SME S283 Grade C s Rolled 55 to Min STM 36, SME S36 s Rolled 58 to Min INX 50, EXTEN 50 STM 572 (50) s Rolled 65 Min. 50 Min CorTen STM 242 s Rolled 70 Min. 50 Min CorTen B STM 588 () s Rolled 70 Min. 50 Min STM 656 Gr. 50 s Rolled 60 Min. 50 Min /59 STM 656 Gr. 80 s Rolled 95 Min. 80 Min /255 Structural Quality lloy T Type STM 54 Gr. B Q&T 0 to Min /293 T Type B STM 54 Gr. H Q&T 0 to Min /293 K24

219 Trade Name or Type T STM 54 Gr. F T Type C STM 54 Gr. Q Mechanical Properties Of Steel Condition of Steel Q&T Q&T PRESSURE VESSEL QULITY CRBON STM 285 SME S285 Grade C s Rolled STM 55, SME S55 Grade 55 STM 55, SME S 55 Grade 70 STM 56, SME S55 Grade 70 Plates Typical Properties Tensile Strength KSI 00 to to to to to to 90 PRESSURE VESSEL QULITY LLOY T PVQ STM 57, SME S57 Grade F STM 387, SME S387 Grade II STM 387, SME S387 Grade 22 INTERMEDITE CRBON ISI 045 ISI 060 FH 62 FH 62 Fineline IMPROVED MCHING CRBON EZ Cut 20 Clean Cut 20 EZ Cut 45 Clean Cut 45 IMPROVED MCHINING LLOY Clean Cut 442 Q&T nn. N&T s Rolled nn. Spher. nn s Rolled s Rolled s Rolled s Rolled Norm &Temp 5 to to to Clean Cut 450 Clean Cut 8620 BRSION RESISTING R Carbon T Type R 400 R 500 CSE HRDENING 867 MTS 8620 Norm & Temp s Rolled s Rolled Q&T Q&T Q&T K25 Yield Strength KSI 00 Min. 90 Min. 30 Min. 30 Min. 38 Min. 38 Min. 00 Min. 35 Min. 45 Min % Elong. in % Elong. in pproimate Brinell Hardness 235/ / /293 35/74 49/ /32 262/32 22/ Min, 400 Min, 477 Min

220 Trade Name or Type Mechanical Properties Of Steel Plates Typical Properties Condition of Steel Tensile Strength KSI THROUGH HRDENING MTS 4340 MTS 4340 Fineline E650 E450 MTS IRCRFT QULITY E430 Q E430 Q E4340 Q MS PREHRDENED LLOYS 442 E450 s Rolled nnealed nnealed Norm & Temp nnealed Norm & Temp nnealed Normalized nnealed Norm & Temp Norm & Temp Ma. 90 to 89 Min. Yield Strength KSI to 75 Min % Elong. in % Elong. in 8 pproimate Brinell Hardness / / /32 262/32 K26

221 Carbon Steel Plates Rectangular Sheared Plates and Universal Mill Plates Tolerances for Thickness and Weight When Ordered to Thickness Ecess in verage Weight of Lots* for Widths Give in, Epressed in Percentages of Nominal Weights** Specified Thicknesses In 48 and under Over 48 to 60, ecl. 60 to 72, ecl. 72 to 84, ecl. 84 to 96, ecl. 96 to 08, ecl. 08 to 20, ecl. 20 to 32, ecl. 32 to 44, ecl. 44 to 68, ecl. 68 and over Up to, ecl to 5/6, ecl. 5/6 to, ecl. to 7/6, ecl. 7/6 to, ecl. to 5/8, ecl. 5/8 to, ecl. to, ecl. to 2, ecl. 2 to 3, ecl. 3 to 4, ecl. 4 to 6, ecl. 6 to 8, ecl. 8 to 0, ecl. 0 to 2, ecl. 2 to 5, ecl *The term lot means all the plates of each tabular width and thickness group represented in each shipment. **Norman weight in pounds equals specified length in inches multiplied by specified width in inches multiplied by specified thickness in inches multiplied by The adopted standard density for rolled steel is pound per cubic inch. Tolerance under specified thickness, 0.0. Tolerances for overweight for single plates are /3 times the amounts in the above table. Tolerances for overweight for lots of circular and sketch plates are times the amounts in the above table. Sketch plates are plates having forms other than those of circles and rectangles. Tolerances for overweight for a single circular plate and a single plate are 2/3 times the amounts in the above table. K27

222 Carbon Steel Plates Rectangular Sheared Plates and Universal Mill Plates Tolerances for Thickness and Weight When Ordered to Thickness Ecess in verage Weight of Lots* for Widths Give in, Epressed in Percentages of the Specified Weights Per Square Foot Specified Thicknesses In Lbs. Per Square Foot 48 and under Over Under Over 48 to 60, ecl. Over Under 60 to 72, ecl. Over Under 72 to 84, ecl. Over Under 84 to 96, ecl. Over Under 96 to 08, ecl. Over Under 08 to 20, ecl. Over Under 20 to 32, ecl. Over Under 32 to 44, ecl. Over Under 44 to 68, ecl. Over Under 68 and over Over Under Up to 0 ecl 0 to 2.5 ecl. 2.5 to 5.0 ecl. 5 to 7.5 ecl. 7.5 to 20 ecl. 20 to 25 ecl. 25 to 30 ecl. 30 to 40 ecl. 40 to 8.6 ecl. 8.6 to 22.4 ecl to 63.2 ecl to ecl to ecl to ecl to ecl to 62.0 ecl *The term lot means all the plates of each tabular width and thickness group represented in each shipment. Tolerance under specified thickness, 0.0. Tolerances for overweight for single plates are /3 times the amounts in the above table. Tolerances for overweight for lots of circular and sketch plates are times the amounts in the above table. Sketch plates are plates having forms other than those of circles and rectangles. Tolerances for overweight for a single circular plate and a single plate are 2/3 times the amounts in the above table. K28

223 Carbon Steel Plates Rectangular Sheared Plates, Universal Mill Plates and Circular and Sketch Plates Flatness Tolerances Flatness Tolerances for Specified Width in Specified Thickness in Specified Weight in Lbs. per Sq. Ft. To 36, Ecl. 36 to 48 Ecl. 48 to 60, Ecl. 60 to 72, Ecl. 72 to 84, Ecl. 84 to 96, Ecl. 96 to 08, Ecl. 08 to 20, Ecl. 20 to 44, Ecl. 44 to 68, ecl. 68 and Over To ecl. to, ecl. to ecl. to, ecl. to, ecl. to 2, ecl. 2 to 4, ecl. 4 to 6, ecl, 6 to 8, ecl. 8 to 0, ecl. 0 to 2, ecl. 2 to 5, ecl. Up to 0.2, ecl. 0.2 to 5.3, ecl. 5.3 to 20.4 ecl to 30.6 ecl to 40.8 ecl to 8.6 ecl. 8.6 to 63.2 ecl to ecl to ecl to ecl to ecl to 62.0 ecl. 9/6 7/6 7/6 5/6 7/6 5/8 5/8 9/6 7/6 5/8 5/6 5/8 9/6 9/6 7/6 5/8 5/6 5/8 5/8 5/8 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 /8 5/8 5/8 9/6 9/6 /6 7/8 5/6 7/8 5/8 5/8 9/6 5/6 5/8 5/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 /8 7/8 5/8 9/6 7/8 5/6 7/8 5/8 /8 /6 5/8 7/8 7/8 /8 7/8 7/8 2/8 2 /8 Note : Flatness Tolerances for Length The longer dimension specified is considered the length, and variation in flatness along the length should not eceed the tabular amount for the specified width in plates up to 2 feet in length, or in any 2 feet or longer plates. Note 2: Flatness Tolerances for Width The flatness variation across the width should not eceed the tabular amount for the specified width. Note 3: When the longer dimension is under 36, the variation in flatness along the length and across the width should not eceed in each direction. When the longer dimension is from 36 to 72 incl., the flatness variation should not eceed 75% of the tabular amount for the specified width, but in no case less than. Note 4: The tolerances given in the above table apply to plates which have a minimum specified tensile strength not over 60,000 psi or compatible chemistry or hardness. For plates specified to a higher minimum tensile strength or compatible chemistry or harness, the limits given in the table are increased to times the amount in the above table. Note 5: The above table and notes cover the flatness tolerances of circular and sketch plates, based on the maimum dimensions of those plates. K29

224 Carbon Steel Plates Mill Edge Plates in Coils and Cut Lengths of Plates Produced on Strip Mills Width Tolerances Tolerances are over specified width. No tolerances are under. Specified Width, Width Tolerance in Up to 4 ecl....7/6 4 to 7 ecl. 7 to 9 ecl. 9/6 9 to 2 ecl....5/8 2 to 24 ecl. /6 24 to 26 ecl. 70 to 80 ecl....7/8 80 and over...2 K30 Specified Width, Width Tolerance in 26 to 28 ecl....5/6 28 to 35 ecl..../8 35 to 50 ecl to 60 ecl to 65 ecl....5/8 65 to 70 ecl.... The above tolerances are applicable to all portions of the coil ecept the uncropped ends. Variation will occur along the length of a hot rolled coil because of differences in characteristics and performance of producing equipment. Sheared Plates, Universal Mill Plates and Mill Edge Plates Width and length tolerances for sheared plates and under in thickness. Length tolerances for universal mill plates and mill edge tolerances for universal mill plates and mill edge plates 2 and under in thickness. Variations over Specified Width and Length for Thicknesses, and Equivalent Weights Given Under to 5/8, 5/8 to, to 2,* ecl. ecl. incl. Specified Dimensions, Widths Lengths Under to 84, ecl. 84 to 08, ecl. 08 and over Under to 84, ecl. 84 to 08, ecl. 08 and over Under to 84, ecl. 84 to 08, ecl. 08 and over Under to 240 ecl. 240 to 360, ecl. Under 5.3, lb. Per sq. ft Width 7/6 5/8 9/6 5/8 9/6 /6 Length 5/8 7/8 7/8 /8 5.3 to 25.5, ecl. lb. per sq. ft. Width 7/6 5/8 5/8 /6 5/8 /6 7/8 Length 5/8 /6 7/8 7/8 7/8 5/6 /8 /8 /8 / to 40.8, ecl. lb. per sq. ft. Width 5/8 7/8 5/8 7/8 5/8 7/8 Length 7/8 /8 / to 8.6, incl. lb. per sq. ft. Width 5/8 /8 7/8 /8 7/8 Permissible variation under specified width and length, inch. *Length tolerances apply also to U.M. plates up to 2 inches in width for thicknesses over 2 to 2 inches incl. Length /8 /8

225 Carbon Steel Plates Sheared Plates, Universal Mill Plates and Mill Edge Plates Width and length tolerances for sheared plates and under in thickness. Length tolerances for universal mill plates and mill edge tolerances for universal mill plates and mill edge plates 2 and under in thickness. Specified Dimensions, Widths Lengths Width Under Under 5.3, lb. Per sq. ft. Variations over Specified Width and Length for Thicknesses, and Equivalent Weights Given Length to 5/8, ecl. 5.3 to 25.5, ecl. lb. per sq. ft. Width Length Width 5/8 to, ecl to 40.8, ecl. lb. per sq. ft. Length Width to 2,* incl to 8.6, incl. lb. per sq. ft. Length Under to 84, ecl. 84 to 08, ecl. 08 and over 360 to 480, ecl. 7/6 9/6 /8 5/8 7/8 5/8 7/8 5/8 7/8 5/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 Under to 84, ecl. 84 to 08, ecl. 08 and over 480 to 600, ecl 7/6 5/8 5/8 7/8 5/8 5/8 7/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 Under to 84, ecl. 84 to 08, ecl. 08 and over 600 to 720, ecl. 5/8 5/8 7/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 2 7/8 7/8 /8 7/8 7/8 7/8 2 7/8 / Under to 84, ecl. 84 to 08, ecl. 08 and over 720, and over 9/ /8 7/8 /8 2/8 2/8 2/8 2 7/ / Permissible variation under specified width and length, inch. *Length tolerances apply also to U.M. plates up to 2 inches in width for thicknesses over 2 to 2 inches incl. K3

226 Thickness in inches To 2, incl. Over 2 to 5, incl. Over 2 to 5, incl. Carbon Steel Plates Sheared Plates and Gas Cut Rectangular Plates Universal Mill Plates Camber Tolerances Wt. In Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. To 8.6, incl. 8.6 to 62.0, incl. 8.6 to 62.0, incl. Width in ll To 30, incl. Over 30 to 60, incl. Camber Tolerance /8 No. of feet of length 5 No. of feet of length 5 No. of feet of length 5 Note: Camber as it relates to plates is the horizontal edge curvature in the length, measured over the entire length of the plate in the flat position. Rolled Width Tolerances Width in Thickness in inches and Equivalent Weights To, Ecl. To 5.3 lb. per Sq. Ft., Ecl. to 5/8, Ecl. 5.3 to 25.5 lbs. per Sq. Ft., Ecl. 5/8 to, Ecl to 40.8 lbs. per Sq. Ft., Ecl. to 2, Incl to 8.6 per Sq. Ft., Ecl. Tolerances over Specified Width Over 2 to 0, Incl. Over 8.6 to lbs. per Sq. Ft., Incl. Over 0 to 5, Incl. Over to 62.0 lb. Per Sq. Ft., Incl. To 20, ecl. 20 to 36, ecl. 36 and over /8 5/6 /8 5/6 7/6 7/6 9/6 9/6 5/8 Tolerances under Specified Width: /8 Specified Thickness in Gas Cut Rectangular Plates Width and Length Tolerances Tolerances are over for all widths and lengths*. Specified Wt. in Lbs., Per Sq. Ft. Tolerances, inches To 2, ecl. 2 to 4, ecl. 4 to 6, ecl. 6 to 8, ecl. 8 to 5, incl. Up to 8.6, ecl. 8.6 to 63.2, ecl to 244.8, ecl to 326.4, ecl to 62.0, incl. 5/8 7/8 *These tolerances may be taken all under or divided over and under, if so specified. Plates with universal rolled edges are commonly cut to length only. K32

227 Carbon Steel Plates Rolled Floor Plates Tolerances for Thickness and Weight When Ordered To Thickness Specified Thickness in /8 to, ecl. to, ecl. to 5/6, ecl. 5/6 to, ecl. to 7/6, ecl. 7/6 to, ecl. to 5/8, ecl. 5/8 to, incl. Ecess in vg. Wt. of Lots* Epressed in % of nom. Wts Tolerance under specified thickness, 0.0. Note: Tolerances for overweight for lots of circular and sketch plates are times the amounts in the above table. Tolerances for overweight for single plates are /3 times the amounts in the above table. Tolerances for overweight for single circular and sketch plates are 2/3 times the amounts in the above table. Tolerances for Weight When Ordered To Weight Specified Wt. in Lbs. per Sq. Ft. Tolerances for vg. Wt of Lots* Epressed in % of the specified wts. per Sq. Ft. Over Under Up to 3.00 ecl to 6.5 ecl. 6.5 to 8.70 ecl to.25 ecl..25 to 3.80 ecl to 6.35 ecl to 8.90 ecl to 2.45 ecl to ecl to 4.85 incl *The term lot means all the plates of each tabular weight or thickness group represented in each shipment. Note: Tolerances for overweight for lots of circular and sketch plates are times the amounts in the above table. Tolerances for overweight for single plates are /3 times the amounts in the above table. Tolerances for overweight for single circular and sketch plates are 2/3 times the amounts in the above table. K33

228 Carbon Steel Plates Rolled Floor Plates Tolerances for Thickness and Length Thickness in and Equivalent Weights Under to 5/8 incl. 5/8 to incl. Specified Width, Specified Length, Under 6.35 lb. per sq. ft to 26.55, ecl. lb. per sq. ft to 4.85, incl. lb. per sq. ft. Width Length Width Length Width Length Tolerances Over Specified Width and Length Up to 90, incl. Under to 240, ecl. 240 to 360, ecl. 360 to 480, ecl. 7/6 7/6 5/8 7/8 /8 5/8 5/8 5/8 /8 5/8 Tolerances Under Specified Width and Length Thickness (8 70 lbs. per sq. ft.) and over Thickness under /8 Camber Tolerances For Raised Figures Camber as it relates to raised figures is the curvature of the raised figures in the length direction, measured over the entire length of the plate. Number of feet of length 5 K34

229 lloy Steel Plates Rectangular Sheared Plates and Universal Mill Plates Tolerances for Thickness and Weight When Ordered to Thickness Ecess in verage Weight of Lots* for Widths Give in, Epressed in Percentages of Nominal Weights** Specified Thicknesses In 48 and under Over 48 to 60, ecl. 60 to 72, ecl. 72 to 84, ecl. 84 to 96, ecl. 96 to 08, ecl. 08 to 20, ecl. 20 to 32, ecl. 32 to 44, ecl. 44 to 68, ecl. 68 and over Up to, ecl. to 5/6, ecl. 5/6 to, ecl. to 7/6, ecl. 7/6 to, ecl. to 5/8, ecl. 5/8 to, ecl. to, ecl. to 2, ecl. 2 to 3, ecl. 3 to 4, ecl. 4 to 6, ecl. 6 to 8, ecl. 8 to 0, ecl. 0 to 2, ecl. 2 to 5, ecl Tolerance under specified thickness, 0.0. Tolerances for overweight for single plates are /3 times the amounts in the above table. Tolerances for overweight for lots of circular and sketch plates*** are times the amounts in the above table. Tolerances for overweight for a single circular plate and a single plate are 2/3 times the amounts in the above table. *The term lot means all the plates of each tabular width and thickness group represented in each shipment. **Nominal weight in pounds equals specified length in inches multiplied by specified width in inches multiplied by specified thickness in inches multiplied by ***Sketch plates are plates having forms other than those of circles and rectangles. K35

230 lloy Steel Plates Hot Rolled or Thermally Treated Thickness Tolerances Rectangular Sheared Plates and Universal Mill Plates Specified Thicknesses In To 36, ecl. Tolerances Over Specified Thickness for Widths Given, 36 to 60, ecl. 60 to 84, ecl. 84 to 20, ecl. 20 to 32, ecl. 32 and Over Over 2 to 3, ecl. 3 to 4, ecl. 4 to 6, ecl. 6 to 8, ecl. 8 to 0, ecl. 0 to 2, ecl. 2 to 5, ecl. /6 5/64 3/32 7/64 5/32 /64 3/64 3/32 3/32 /8 /8 /32 7/32 7/64 7/64 9/64 5/32 5/64 /8 /8 9/64 5/32 5/64 9/32 /8 /8 5/32 /64 7/32 5/64 9/32 9/64 9/64 /64 7/32 7/32 9/32 9/32 Notes:. Tolerance under specified thickness 0.0 inch. 2. The above tolerances only apply when the thickness is measured inch from the longitudinal edges of plates. 3. For overweight tolerances which limit the overall thickness of the plate, see Table 6. Camber Tolerances Sheared Plate, Universal Mill Plates and Special Cut or Gas Cut Rectangular Plates Camber is the greatest deviation of a side edge from a straight line, the measurement being taken on the concave side with a straight edge. Dimensions, in. Thickness Widths Camber Tolerances for Thicknesses and Widths Given To 2, incl. Over 2 to 5, incl. Over 2 to 5, incl. ll To 30, incl. Over 30 /8 in. number of feet of length 5 in. number of feet of length 5 in. number of feet of length 5 K36

231 lloy Steel Plates Hot Rolled or Thermally Treated Flatness Tolerances Rectangular Plates, Universal Mill Plates, and Circular and Sketch Plates Flatness denotes the deviation of the top or bottom surface from a horizontal plane when the plate is resting on a flat surface. This table show flatness tolerances when flatness is measured in the length direction and also when the flatness is measured in the width direction, as eplained in Notes to 4 incl. Flatness tolerances for specified widths, inches Specified Thicknesses In Specified weight, lbs. per sq. ft. To 36, ecl. 36 to 48, elc. 48 to 60, ecl. 60 to 72, ecl. 72 to 84, ecl. 84 to 96, ecl. 96 to 08, ecl. 08 to 20, ecl. 20 to 44, ecl. 44 to 68, ecl. 68 and over To, ecl. to, ecl. to, ecl. to, ecl. to, ecl. to 2, ecl. 2 to 4, ecl. 4 to 6, ecl. 6 to 8, ecl. 8 to 0, ecl. 0 to 2, ecl. 2 to 5, ecl. To 0.2, ecl. 0.2 to 5.3, ecl. 5.3 to 20.4, ecl to 30.6, ecl to 40.8, ecl to 8.6, ecl. 8.6 to 326.4, ecl to 244.8, ecl to 326.4, to 48, ecl. 48 to 489.6, ecl to 62, ecl. 5/8 5/8 9/6 9/6 5/8 7/8 /8 5/6 7/8 5/8 9/6 /6 5/6 /8 5/6 7/8 /6 5/6 /8 7/8 5/6 7/8 7/8 5/6 5/6 2 /8 5/6 7/8 7/8 /8 5/6 /2 2 7/8 /8 5/6 7/8 /8 2 2 /8 5/6 5/6 25/8 2 5/8 5/6 7/8 /8 5/ /8 5/ /8 3/8 3 25/8 2 5/8 Notes:. Flatness Tolerances for Length. The longer dimension specified is considered the length, and variations from a flat surface along the length should not eceed the tabular amount for the specified width in plates up to 2 feet in length, or in any 2 feet of longer plates. 2. Flatness Tolerances for Width. The flatness variation across the width should not eceed the tabular amount for the specified width. 3. When the longer dimension is under 36 inches, the variation should not eceed in. When the larger dimension is from 36 to 72 inches inclusive, the variation should not eceed 75 percent of the tabular amount for the specified width. 4. The above table and notes cover the tolerances for flatness of circular and sketch plates, based on the maimum dimensions of these plates. K37

232 lloy Steel Plates Rectangular Plates, Universal Mill Plates and Circular and Sketch Plates Waviness Tolerances Waviness denotes the deviation of the top or bottom surface from a horizontal line, when the plate is resting on a flat surface, as measured in an increment of less than 2 feet of length. The waviness tolerance is a function of the flatness tolerance as obtained from previous tables. When Number of Waves is 2 ft. is: Flatness Tolerance from Previous Tables /6 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 /8 5/6 5/6 5/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 9/6 9/6 /8 /8 /8 5/6 5/6 7/6 7/6 9/6 9/6 9/6 5/8 5/8 /6 /6 5/6 5/6 7/6 9/6 9/6 5/8 /6 /6 7/8 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 7/8 5/6 5/6 5/6 7/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 K38 /8 /3 5/8 7/8 /8 /3 5/8 7/ /6 9/6 5/8 /6 /6 7/8 5/6 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 5/8 /6 7/8 /6 /8 /8 5/6 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 2 2/6 2 2/ /8 2 27/8 2/ /8 2 27/ /8 3/8

233 Mechanical Properties of Stainless Steel Mechanical Properties Typical Hardness ISI Number SE Number Material Tensile Strength ksi Yield Strength ksi Elongation in 2 % Reducation of rea % BHN Rockwell L L F Se 630 (74) L L F Se *nnealed Bar *nnealed Bar *Sheet/Plate *Sheet/Plate *Sheet *nnealed Bar *Sheet/Plate *Sheet/Plate *Sheet nnealed Bar nnealed Bar Sheet nnealed Bar CondBar CondH900 Bar CondH025 Bar 85/95 80/90 75 min 70 min 75 min 75/90 75 min 70 min 75 min 00 ma 80/ min 00/ /40 30/40 30 min 25 min 30 min 30/40 30 min 25 min 30 min 55/ min 60/ /55 55/65 40 min 40 min 40 min 40/50 40 min 40 min 40 min 5/ min 0/5 6/ /60 65/75 60/70 40/ /30 30/ /80 50/ ma 83 ma 27 ma 50/80 27 ma 27 ma 27 ma 90/ ma 200/ B83/95 B80/90 B92 ma B88 Ma B95 ma B80/90 B95 ma B95 ma B95 ma B90/95 B92 B88 ma B94/C25 C35 C44 C38 *May be slightly magnetic when cold worked. Machinability % of CD K39

234 Relative Corrosion Resistance Type 430, 304, and 36 Stainless Steel The following data are based on observations from laboratory tests and service eperience. Because of the effect of service eposure variables on corrosion resistance, the date must be used with caution, only as general guides to corrosion resistance. Eplanation of Ratings: Satisfactory for use in media stipulated. B Slight to moderate attack; deserving of consideration for some uses. C Corrosive attack generally too high to warrant consideration. (Even here there may be occasions when it is more economical to use stainless Corrosive Media Concentration % Temp. F Stainless Steel Corrosive Media Concentration % Temp. F Stainless Steel cetic cid cetic nhydride cetone cetyelen lcoholethyl (Ethanol) lcoholmethyl (Methanol) lum (Potassium luminum Sulfate) luminum cetate luminum Chloride lum (Chrome) luminum Hydroide and 0 2 and 0 Sat. Saturated 0 and Boiling 70 Boiling Boiling 70 70Boiling Boiling BB C BC Ā B* C B* C B C C * * * C B luminum luminum Sulfate mmonia nhydrous mmonium Bicarbonate mmonium Carbonate mmonium Chloride mmonium Nitrate mmonium Oalate mmonium Persulfate mmonium Sulfate mmonium Sulfite 0 and Saturated ny Conc. nhydrous Gas and 5 Still erated or gitated 0 20 ll Conc.gitated 5 5 and 5 giated and erated 0 Saturated Molten to and Hot Boiling Cold and Boiling C C B* Ā B* C * B* C B C * * * * Subject to pitting. K40

235 Corrosive Media niline niline Hydrochloride myl cetate myl Chloride rsenic cid rsenious cid Barium Carbonate Barium Chloride Barium Nitrate Barium Sulfate Barium Sulfide Beer Benzene Benzoic cid Blood (Meat Juices) Bora Bordeau Miture Boric cid Bromine and Bromine Water Butyric cid Butyl cetate * Subject to pitting. Concentration % 3, Conc. Crude nhydrous nhydrous 5 or Sat. queous Sol. quesous Sol. 5 5 Saturated 5 Relative Corrosion Resistance Type 430, 304, and 36 Stainless Steel Temp. F Stainless Steel Corrosive Media Hot C Ḇ B * C B * C * Calcium Carbonate Calcium Chlorate Calcium Hydroide Calcium Hypochlorite Calcium Sulfate Carbonated Beverages Carbon Bisulfide Carbon Monoide Gas Carbon Tetrachloride Hot Cold Hot Hot Boiling Ā * Ā B C C C Carbonic cid Chloracetic cid Chlorbenzene Chloric cid Chlorine Chloroform Chromic cid Citric cid Concentration % Dil. Sol. 0, 20 0 Saturated CP Commercial Moist at High Temp. Saturated Conc. Pure Dry Gas Moist Gas Gas (Dry) 5 and 0 50 CP 50 CP 5, Still 5 Temp. F and Hot Boiling and Boil Boiling 70 and and Boiling Stainless Steel B* B* * * * C C C C C B CB CB CB C C C B C B B* C C * * C K4

236 Corrosive Media Concentration % Citric cid CocaCola Syrup Copper cetate Copper Carbonate Copper Chloride Copper Cyanide Copper Nitrate Copper Sulfate Creosote Creosote + 3% Salt Cresylic cid Cyanogen Gas Dinitrochlorobenzene Epsom Salts Saturated 5 (as 45 psi) Sat. Sol. Sat. Sol. in 50% NH 4 OH, gitated or erated 5, erated Sat. Sol. 5 gitated or erated 50 queous ll Conc. Melted and Solidified Ether (Ethyl) Ethyl cetate Ethyl Chloride Ethylene Chloride Dry Dry * Subject to pitting. **Subject to attack when H 2 SO, is present Relative Corrosion Resistance Type 430, 304, and 36 Stainless Steel Temp. F Stainless Steel Corrosive Media Boiling Boiling 70 Hot 7050 Hot Hot and Cold CĀ * C C B** C C * C C B * C Ā Ethylene Glycol Fatty cids Ferric Chloride Ferric Hydroide Ferric Nitrate Ferric Sulfate Ferrous Sulfate Fluorine Formaldehyde Formic cid Fruit Juices Furfural Gallic cid Gelatine Glue Glycerine Hydrobromic cid Hydrochloric cid Concentration % Conc. ll Conc. ll Conc. ll Conc. 0 Saturated Dry Dry or Neut. Sol. cid Sol. ll Conc. Temp. F and Boiling Boil Boiling 70 Boiling Stainless Steel C C CĀ B BC C Ā Ā Ā B* B* Ā C CC CC C K42

237 Corrosive Media Hydrocyanic cid Hydrofluoric cid Hydrogen Peroide Hydrogen Sulfide Ink Iodine Solutions Idoform Lactic cid Linseed Oil Magnesium Carbonate Magnesium Chloride Magnesium Sulfate Magnesium Hydroide Magnesium Nitrate Malic cid Mayonnaise Mercuric Chloride * Subject to pitting. Concentration % cidfree Wet Dry , 5 Still 030 Saturated Dil. Sol. Relative Corrosion Resistance Type 430, 304, and 36 Stainless Steel Temp. F Boil. 70 Boiling Boiling Hot and Cold Hot and Cold 70 Stainless Steel Corrosive Media B C C CĀ BC C * C C C * * C B C * * * * C C * C B B * * * C Mercuric Cyanide Mercurous Nitrate Mercury Methyl Chloride MilkFresh or Sour Mied cids Naphtha Crude or Pure Nickel Chloride Sol. Nickel Nitrate Nickel Sulfate Electroplating Solution Nitric cid Concentration % Dry 5 H2SO4+ 5 HNO3 30 H2SO4+ 5 HNO3 58 H2SO4+ 40 HNO3 58 H2SO4+ 40 HNO3 70 H2SO4+ 0 HNO3 0 H2SO4+ 90 HNO Temp. F Hot or Cold Boiling Boiling 70 Boiling Stainless Steel Ā C C Ā C C * Ā C C B K43

238 Corrosive Media Nitric cid Nitrous cid Concentration % Fuming Conc. Fuming Conc. 5 Oils, Crude Oils, Vegetables and Mineral Oleic cid Oalic cid 5 Paraffin 0 0 and 50 Phenol Phosphoric cid CP + 0 Water Crude Crude Commercial and 5 0 irfree 0 erated * Subject to pitting. **Subject to attack when H2SO, is present Relative Corrosion Resistance Type 430, 304, and 36 Stainless Steel Temp. F 70 Boiling 70 Hot and Cold Hot and Cold 70 Boiling Hot and Cold Stainless Steel Corrosive Media C ** ** B* BC C ** ** C C C ** ** C Phosphorous Trichloride Photographic Developers Hypo Solutions Picric cid Potassium Bichromate Potassium Bromide Potassium Carbonate Potassium Chloride Potassium Cyanide Potassium Ferricyanide Potassium Ferrocyanide Potassium Hydroide Boiling 22 Boiling and Boiling * C * Potassium Iodide Potassium Nitrate Potassium Oalate Potassium Permanganate Potassium Sulfate Potassium Thiocyanate Pyrogallic cid Pyroligneous cid Concentration % and 5 gitated or erated gitated or erated 27 and 50 5 Conc. Temp. F and Boiling and Boiling Boiling 70 and Boiling and Boiling 70 Stainless Steel * * * * * * * * * * C B* K44

239 Corrosive Media Rosin Sea Water Sewage Silver Bromide Silver Chloride Silver Cyanide Electroplating Solution Silver Nitrate Soaps Sodium cetate Sodium Bicarbonate Sodium Bichromate Sodium Bisulfate Sodium Borate Sodium Bromide Sodium Carbonate Concentration % Moist ll Concs. 0 Saturated 550 Sodium Chlorate Sodium Chloride Sodium Citrate Sodium Fluoride Sodium Hydroide 0 and 25 ll Conc Molten * Subject to pitting. **Subject to attack when H2SO, is present Relative Corrosion Resistance Type 430, 304, and 36 Stainless Steel Temp. F Molten Stainless Steel Corrosive Media B* CC * ** B C * ** * C Sodium Hypochlorite Sodium Hyposulfite Sodium Lactate Sodium Nitrate and and Boiling Boiling 600 Ā * Ā * B* BC * C * * B Ā * * Sodium Nitrite Sodium Peroide Sodium Phosphate (Tribasic) Sodium Sulphate Sodium Sulfide Sodium Sulfite Sodium Salicylate Stannic Chloride Solution Steam, CO2 and ir Stearic cid Concentration % 5, Still Saturated Saturated 5, Sat. Saturated Conc. 5 and Sat , 50 Saturated Conc. Temp. F Fused Boiling Boiling or Boiling 76 and 200 Stainless Steel B* B** B * B* ** B** * C B * C Ḇ C * * CĀ C C K45

240 Relative Corrosion Resistance Type 430, 304, and 36 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Temp. F Concentration % Stainless Steel Corrosive Media Temp. F Concentration % C C C C C 68 and Boiling 70 and 50 Molten 50 0 Tannic cid Tartaric cid Tin Tomato Juice Trichlorethylene Trichloracetic cid Tung Oil Uric cid Varnish Vegetable Juices Vinegar Molten 500, Molten Corrosive Media Succinic cid Sugar Juice Sulfur Dry C C C Gas Moist Gas Dry 5, erated Sulfur Chloride Sulfur Dioide C Conc. Sulfuric cid 70Hot 0 erated K46 Still, gitated or erated 50 erated C C C 70 Molten 70 and Boiling 70 Boiling 5 Still Zinc Zinc Chloride C Boiling 70 Boiling 70 Boiling erated Fuming Saturated * * C C C C C C 5 or Sat. 25 Zinc Sulfate 68 Boiling 0 0 Sulfurous cid Syrup Tannic cid * Subject to pitting. The data presented herein is not intended for specification purposes, and should be considered as typical or average values only. pplications suggested for the materials described are made solely to allow the reader to make his own evaluation, and are not to be construed as warranties, either limited or epress, of fitness for these or other applications.

241 K47 Mechanical Properties of luminum Typical Properties for Comparison Only lloy and Temper Ultimate Yield /6 Thick Thick Brinell Harndess* Ultimate Shear Strength KSI Endurance Limit, KSI Mod. 2 of Elast. KSL0 3 Tension Strength KSI % Elong. in H2 060H4 060H6 060H H2 00H4 00H6 00H H2 350H4 350H6 350H9 20T3 20T T4, T45 204T6, T T4, T T3 2024T4, T T T6 2036T4 27T4 224T85 228T T42 229T3 T35 229T37 229T62 229T8 T85 229T87 268T H2 3003H4 3003H6 3003H

242 K48 Mechanical Properties of luminum, Continued lloy and Temper Ultimate Yield /6 Thick Thick Brinell Harndess* Ultimate Shear Strength KSI Endurance Limit, KSI Mod. 2 of Elast. KSL0 3 Tension Strength KSI % Elong. in H H H H H2 305H4 305H6 305H8 305H T H2 5005H4 5005H6 5005H8 5005H H H H H H H H H H H H H8 5056H H32, H H32, H6 5086H H H32 554H34 554H36 554H38 554H2 5252H H38, H H H H H H H

243 Mechanical Properties of luminum, Continued Tension lloy and Temper 5454H H 5454H H2 5456H32, H H H32, H H H H H H H38, H T4, T45 606T6, T T 6063T4 6063T5 6063T6 6063T T T T4, T T6, T T6 60H 60T6 6262T9 6463T 6463T5 6463T T6, T T6, T65 778T76, T765 Strength KSI Ultimate Yield /6 Thick % Elong. in 2 Thick Brinell Harndess* Ultimate Shear Strength KSI Endurance Limit, KSI Mod. 2 of Elast. KSL *500 kg load; 00mm ball.. Basedon 500,000,000 cycles of completely reversed stress using the R.R. Moore type of machine and specimen. 2. verage of tension and compression moduli. Compression modulus is about 2% greater than tension modulus wire will have an elongation of approimately 23% in 0 inches H9 wire will have an elongation of appro. % in 0 inches. 5. Tempers T36 and T86 were formerly designated T36 and T Based on a 0 7 cycles using fleural type testing of sheet specimens. K49

244 Standard Manufacturing Tolerances Beam Size Over Theoretical Depth Wide Flange Shapes Under Theoretical Over Theoretical Flange Width Under Theoretical Flanges Out of Square Maimum STM 2 > 2 to 8 > Webb Off Center Ma STM ll.88 (STM ma allowable on isolated conditions) (i.e. start ups and end condition) Maimum Depth at any Cross Section Over Theoretical STM.250 Web Thickness* Flange Thickness* Flange Width* Difference Over Theoretical Under Theoretical Over Theoretical Under Theoretical Run Ma. LL tol..20/in of flange width 4 > 4 to < 8 > 2 Web Bow Bucked Web, Wavey Web No more than one every 4 ft. Flange width 8 < 8 Wavey Flange.062 one per 0.03 one per 0 Flange Bow % of flange width Eample: Flange width = % =.080 Camber Weight Per Foot LL /8 in. X (number of feet of total +/ 2.5% length / 0) Sweep Flange Width < 6 /8 in (number of feet of total length / 5) Length Over Under 2 0 /8 in (number of feet of total length / 0) K50

245 Standard Manufacturing Tolerances Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Bars Rounds, Squares and Round Cornered Squares Specified Size In Size, OutofRound or OutofSquare Tolerances To 5/6 incl. Over 5/6 to 7/6 incl. Over 7/6to 5/8 incl. Over 5/8 to 7/8 incl. Over 7/8 to incl. Over to /8 incl. Over /8 to incl. Over to incl. Over to incl. Over to 2 incl. Over 2 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 3 incl, Over 3 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 5 incl. Over 5 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl.. Over 8 to 9 incl. Over 9 to 0 incl Size Tolerances, Over /64 /32 3/64 /6 5/64 /8 5/32 Under / Out of Rd. or Sq., Note: Outofround is the difference between the maimum and minimum diameters to the bar, measured at the same cross section. Outofsquare section is the difference in the two dimensions at the same cross section of a square bar between opposite faces. Heagons Size and OutofHeagon Tolerances Specified Sizes between Opposite Sides in Size Tolerances, Over Under Out of Heagon, To incl. Over to incl. Over to incl. Over.2 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 3 incl /32 3/64 / /64 /64 / /32 3/64 /6 Note: Out of heagon section is the greatest difference between any two dimensions at the same cross section between opposite faces. K5

246 Standard Manufacturing Tolerances Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Bars Square Edge and Round Edge Flats Thickness and Width Tolerances Specified Thickness In Specified Size In.203 to.230 ecl..230 to ecl. to incl. Over to, incl. Over to 2, incl. Over 2 to 3, incl. Over 3 To incl. Over to 2 incl. Over 2 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl /32 /32 /32 /32 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 Tolerance, Specified Width in Over Under To incl. Over to 2 incl. Over 2 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl. /64 /32 /6 3/32 /8* /64 /32 /32 /6 3/32* *For flats over 6 to 8 in width, and to 3 incl, in thickness ll Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Bars Straightness Tolerances /8 in any 5 ft. or number of ft. of length divided by 5. Because of warpage, straightness tolerances do not apply to bars if any subsequent heating operation or controlled cooling has been performed. K52

247 Standard Manufacturing Tolerances Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Bars Bar Size ngles Thickness, Length, and OutofSquare Tolerances Specified Length of Leg in Thickness Tolerances for Thicknesses Given, Over and Under, In. To, incl. Over to, incl. Over Tolerances for length of leg, over and under in inches To, incl. Over to 2 incl. Over 2 to 3, incl /32 3/64 /6 The longer leg of an unequal angle determines the size tolerance. The outofsquare tolerance in either direction, o. Bar Size Tees Dimensional tolerances Specified Size of Tee In To, incl. Width or Depth, In. Thicness Of Flanges, In. Thickness of Stem, In. Over Under Over Under Over Under 3/64 3/ Stem OutofSquare /32 Over to 2, incl. /6 / /6 Over 2 to 3, incl. 3/32 3/ /32 The longer member of an unequal tee determines the size for tolerances. Measurements for both width and depth are overall. Stem outofsquare is the variation from its true position of the center line of stem, measured at the point. Specified Size of Channel in To, incl. Bar Size Channels Depth of Section, Width of Flange, Thickness of Web and OutofSquare Tolerances Size Tolerance, Over or Under, Depth of Section /32 Width of Flanges /32 Thickness of Web To, Incl Over 0.05 Outof Square** of either Flange, per inch of Flange width /32 Over to 3, ecl. /6 / /32 **For channels 5/8 or under in depth, the permissible out of square is 3/64 per inch of depth. Measurements for depth of section and width of flanges are overall. K53

248 Size of Rounds, Squares, Heagons, Standard Manufacturing Tolerances Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Bars ll Bars and Bar Size Sections** Length Tolerances Tolerances Over Specified Length, Specified Size of Flats. No Tolerances Under Width Thickness 5 to 0 ecl. 0 to 20 ecl. 20 to 30 ecl. 30 to 40 ecl. 40 to 60 ecl. Mill Cutting: To, incl. To 3, incl. To, incl. 2 Over to 2 incl. To 3, incl. Over 3 to 6, incl. Over To, incl. 5/8 5/ Over 2 to 5, incl. Over 3 to 6, incl. Over 2 2 Over 5 to 0, incl. Over 6 to 8 incl. Over 6 to 8, incl..230 to, incl. Over to Hot Sawing: 2 to 5* incl. Over 5 to 0, incl. Bar Size Sections 3 & over & over * * 5/ *Smaller sizes and shorter lengths are not hot sawed. Straightness Tolerances in any 5 ft. or number of ft. of length divided by 5. Because of warpage, straightness tolerances do not apply to bars if any subsequent heating operation or controlled cooling has been performed. Straightness Tolerances for Machine Straightened Bars /8 in any 5 ft. or /8 number of ft. of length divided by 5. Because of warpage, straightness tolerances do not apply to bars if any subsequent heating operation or controlled cooling has been performed after straightening. **EceptionTolerances for half rounds and ovals, ovals and other special bar size sections are commonly negotiated between purchaser and producer. K54

249 Standard Manufacturing Tolerances Cold Finished Carbon Steel Bars Undersize Variations in Size Range in Ma Carbon Range.28% or less Ma Carbon Range Over.28% to.55% Incl. Ma. Carbon Range to 0.55% incl., Stress Relieved or nnealed fter Cold Finishing Cold Drawn or Turned & Polished Rounds Ma. Carbon Range Over.55% or all Grades Quenched & Tempered Or Normalized & Tempered Before Cold Finishing or under Over to 2, incl. Over 2 to 4, incl. Over 4 to 6, incl. Over 6 to 8, incl. Over 8 to 9, incl. Over Cold Drawn Heagons or under Over to, incl. Over to 2, incl. Over 2 to 3/8, incl Cold Drawn Squares or under Over to, incl. Over to 2, incl. Over 2 to 4, incl Cold Drawn Flats Tolerances for flats apply to thickness as well as width. To, incl. Over to, incl. Over to 3, incl. Over 3 to 4, incl. Over 4 to 6, incl. Over K55

250 Standard Manufacturing Tolerances Cold Finished Carbon Steel Bars Turned, Ground and Polished Rounds Cold Drawn, Ground and Polished Rounds Size Range in Undersized Variations in Turned, Ground and Polished Rounds Cold Drawn, Ground and Polished Rounds and under Over to less than 2 2 to 3, incl. Over 3 to 4, incl. Over 4 to 6, incl. Over *.005* *For nonresulphurized steels (steels specified to maimum sulphur limits under 0.08%) or for steels thermally treated, the tolerance is increased by.00. K56

251 Specified Size in Up to 5/6, incl. Over 5/6 to 7/6, incl. Over 7/6 to 5/8, incl. Over 5/8 to 7/8, incl. Over 7/8 to, incl. Over to /8, incl. Over /8 to, incl. Over, to, incl. Over to, incl. Over to 2, incl. Over 2 to 2, incl. Over 2 to 3, incl. Over 3 to 4, incl. Over 4 to 5, incl. Over 5 to 6, incl. Over 6 to 8, incl. Over 8 to 9, incl. Standard Manufacturing Tolerances Hot Rolled lloy Steel Bars Rounds & Squares Variation from Size in Over /64 /32 3/64 /6 5/64 /8 5/32 Under /64 Out of Round* or Square in *Outofround is the difference between the maimum and minimum diameters of a round bar measured at the same cross section. Outofsquare is the difference in the two dimensions at the same cross section of square bar each dimension being the distance between opposite faces. Specified Sizes Measured between opposite sides in Up to, incl. Over to, incl. Over to, incl. Over to 2, incl. Over 2 to 2, incl. Over 2 to 3, incl Heagons & Octagons Ma. Difference in Variation from Size in (Three Measurements Over Under Heagons Only) /32 3/64 / /64 /64 / /32 3/64 /6 Specified Width in Up to, incl. Over to 2, incl. Over 2 to 4, incl. Over 4 to 6, incl. Over 6 to 8, incl. Square Edge and Round Edge Flats Tolerances pply to Thickness in Under thick Variations from Thickness in (Tolerances are over or under) to thick Over to thick Over to 2 thick /32 /32 /32 /32 Over 2 to 4 thick 3/64 /6 /6 Variations From Width in Over /64 /32 /6 3/32 /8 Under /64 /32 /32 /6 3/32 K57

252 Standard Manufacturing Tolerances Hot Rolled lloy Steel Bars Standard Straightness in any 5 feet, or number of feet of length divided by 5. Special Straightness /8 in any 5 feet, or /8 number of feet of length divided by 5. Note: Straightness tolerances do not apply to H.R. alloy steel bars if any subsequent heating operation was performed. K58

253 Specified Size in To incl. (In coils) To incl. Over to 2 Over 2 to 4 Over 4 to 6 Over 6 to 8 Over 8 to 9 Over 9 Standard Manufacturing Tolerances Cold Finished lloy Steel Bars* Ma Carbon Range.28% or less Undersize Variations from Size in Ma Carbon Range Over.28% to.55% Incl. nnld. or Stress Relieved after C.F. Ma. Carb. to.55% Cold Drawn or Turned & Polished Rounds Cold Drawn Heagons Ma. Carbon Range Over.55% with or without Stress Relieving or nnealing after Cold Finishing. lso all Carbons Heat Tr. or Norm. & Temp. Before Cold Finishing To, incl. Over to Over to 2 Over 2 to 4 To, incl. Over to Over to 2 Over 2 to 4 Over 4 to Cold Drawn Squares Cold Drawn Flats Tolerances for flats apply to thickness as well as width. Width in To, incl. Over to Over to 3 Over 3 to 4 Over 4 to 6 Over *Tolerances for sizes over 4 are standards of major producers. K59

254 Standard Manufacturing Tolerances Cold Finished lloy Steel Bars* Cold Drawn, Ground, and Polished Rounds Turned, Ground, and Polished Rounds Cold Drawn, Ground & Polished Turned, Ground & Polished Diameter in ll Carbons with or without Thermal Treatment before Cold Drawing Not Heat Treated ll Carb. Heat Treated** ll Carb. To, incl. Over to 2, incl. 2 to 3, incl. Over 3 to 4, incl. Over 4 to 6, incl. Over *Tolerances for sizes over 4 are standards of major producers. **pplies for quenched and tempered, normalized and tempered, or any similar double treatment prior to turning. K60

255 Gage No ISI Thickness Tolerance Ranges Thickness Dec. Equiv Toler. Range Galvanized Steel Sheets lbs. per sq. ft. Weight Equiv.* Gage No Thickness Dec. Equiv Toler. Range lbs. per sq. ft. Weight Equiv.* Carbon Steel Sheets Hot Rolled H R P & O Cold Rolled Gage No Dec. Equiv Thickness Toler. Range HRP&O CR lbs. per sq. ft. Wt. Equiv.* *Based on density of.2904 lb per cubic inch. K6 Gage No Thickness Toler. Range CR Dec. Equiv lbs. per sq. ft. Weight

256 Carbon Steel Sheets Hot Rolled Sheets Dimension Tolerances Thickness Tolerances for Coils & Cut Lengths, Including Pickled Sheets Thickness Tolerances are Over and Under in * Specified Thickness in Specified Width in to to to to to to.0449 Over 2 to 20 incl. Over 20 to 40 incl. Over 40 to 48 incl. Over 48 to 60 incl. Over 60 to 72 incl. Over Thickness Tolerances for Coils Over.80 Thick Thickness Tolerances are Over and Under in * Specified Thickness in Specified Width in.5000 to to to to.800 Over 2 to 5 incl. Over 5 to 20 incl. Over 20 to 32 incl. Over 32 to 40 incl. Over 40 to 48 incl. Over 48 to 60 incl. Over 60 to 72 incl Thickness is measured at any point across the width not less than in. from a cut edge and not less than in. from a mill edge. The above table does not apply to the uncropped ends of mill edge coils. *Regardless of whether total thickness tolerance is specified equally or unequally, over and under, the total tolerance should be equal to twice the tabular tolerances. K62

257 Carbon Steel Sheets Hot Rolled Sheets Dimension Tolerances Width Tolerances for Coils and Cut Lengths, Including Pickled Sheets Width Tolerances are Over, No Tolerance Under Specified Width in Up to 30 incl. Over 30 to 48 incl. Over 48 to 60 incl. Tolerances in Specified Width in Hot Rolled Cut Edge Sheets Not Resquared /8 Over 60 to 80 incl. Over 80 The above applies to thickness of or thinner. Hot Rolled Mill Edge Sheets Tolerances in 5/6 Over 2 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 7 incl. Over 7 to 9 incl. Over 9 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 24 incl. 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 Over 24 to 26 incl. Over 26 to 30 incl. Over 30 to 50 incl. Over 50 to 78 incl. Over 78 5/6 /8 7/8 The above tolerances do not apply to the uncropped ends of mill edge coils. Length Tolerances for Sheets Not Resquared, Including Pickled Sheets Length Tolerances are Over, No Tolerance Under Specified Width in Tolerances in Specified Width in Tolerances in Up to 5 incl. Over 5 to 30 incl. Over 30 to 60 incl. Over 60 to 20 incl. /8 Over 20 to 56 incl. Over 56 to 92 incl. Over 92 to 240 incl. Over 240 Camber Tolerances (Includes Pickled Sheets) Camber is the greatest deviation of a side edge from a straight line, the measurement being taken on the concave side with a straight edge. Camber tolerances for sheets in cut lengths, not resquared, are shown below: Cut Length in Ft. Camber Tolerances in Cut Length in Ft. Camber Tolerances in Up to 4 incl. Over 4 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl. Over 8 to 0 incl. Over 0 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 4 incl. /8 5/6 Over 4 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl. Over 8 to 20 incl. Over 20 to 30 incl. Over 30 to 40 incl. 5/8 7/8 For sheets in coils, camber should not eceed in any 20 feet of length. K63

258 Carbon Steel Sheets Hot Rolled Sheets Dimension Tolerances OutofSquare Tolerances for Cut Edge Sheets Not Resquared, Including Pickled Sheets Outofsquare is the greatest deviation of an end edge from a straight line at right angle to a side and touching one corner. It is also obtained by measuring the difference between the diagonals of the sheet. The outofsquare deviation is onehalf of that difference. The tolerance for sheets of all gauges and all size is /6 per 6 of width or fraction thereof. Resquared Tolerances (Includes Pickled Sheets) When sheets are specified resquared, the width and length are not less than the dimensions specified. The individual tolerance for overwidth, overlength, camber or outofsquare should not eceed /6 for sheets up to and including 48 in width and up to and including 20 in length; or /8 for wider or longer sheets. Flatness Tolerances for Sheets Not Specified to Stretcher Leveled Standard of Flatness Including Pickled Sheets Specified Thickness in to to to Specified Width in To 36 incl. Over 36 to 60 incl. Over 60 To 60 incl. Over 60 to 72 incl. To 48 incl. To 48 incl. Flatness* Tolerance in *Maimum deviation from a horizontal flat surface. The above table also applies to sheets cuttolength from coils by the consumer when adequate flattening operations are performed. Flatness Tolerances for Sheets Specified to Stretcher Leveled Standard of Flatness, Including Pickled Sheets Specified Thickness in Specified Width in.0499 & thicker To 48 incl. Over 48 Specified Length in To 96 incl. Over 96 Flatness* Tolerance in /8 *Maimum deviation from a horizontal flat surface. K64

259 Carbon Steel Sheets Hot Rolled Sheets Dimension Tolerances llowance in Width and Length for Sheets Specified to Stretcher Leveled Standard of Flatness, Not Resquared Including Pickled Sheets llowances are over Specified Dimensions. Specified Length in To 20 incl. Over 20 to 56 incl. Over 56 Width in Specified: Grip or entry marks outside specified length Length in Specified: Grip or entry marks inside specified length K65

260 Specified Width in Over 2 to 5 incl. Over 5 to 72 incl. Over 72 Cold Rolled Sheets Dimension Tolerances Thickness Tolerances for Coils & Cut Lengths Over 2 Wide Thickness Tolerances are Over and Under in * 0.49 to to Specified Thickness in.0709 to to to to Thickness is measured at any point across the width not less than inch from a side edge. *Regardless of whether total thickness tolerance is specified equally or unequally, over and under, the total tolerance should be equal to twice the tabular tolerances. Thickness Tolerances for Coils & Cut Lengths 2 to 2 Wide Thickness Tolerances are Over and Under in * Specified Thickness in Specified Width in.082 to to to to to 2 incl Thickness is measured at any point across the width not less than inch from a side edge. *Regardless of whether total thickness tolerance is specified equally or unequally, over and under, the total tolerance should be equal to twice the tabular tolerances. This table applies to widths produced by slitting from wider sheet. K66

261 Carbon Steel Sheets Cold Rolled Sheets Dimension Tolerances Width Tolerances for Coils & Cut Lengths Over 2 Wide Width Tolerances are Over, No Tolerance Under Specified Width in Tolerances in Specified Width in Tolerances in Over 2 to 30 incl. Over 30 to 48 incl. Over 48 to 60 incl. /8 Over 60 to 80 incl. Over 80 5/6 Width Tolerances for Coils & Cut Lengths 2 to 2 Wide Width Tolerances are Over and Under in * Specified Width in Specified Thickness in.082 to to to 6 inclusive Over 6 to 9 inclusive This table applies to widths produced by slitting from wider sheet. Specified Length in Over 2 to 30 incl. Over 30 to 60 incl. Over 60 to 96 incl. Over 96 to 20 incl. Length Tolerances for Cut Lengths Over 2 Wide Not Resquared Over 9 to 2 inclusive Length Tolerances are Over, No Tolerance Under Length Tolerances in /8 Specified Length in Over 20 to 56 incl. Over 56 to 92 incl. Over 92 to 240 incl. Over 240 Length Tolerances for Cut Lengths 2 to 2 Wide Not Resquared Length Tolerances in Length Tolerances are Over, No Tolerance Under Specified Width in 24 to 60 inclusive Over 60 to 20 inclusive Over 20 to 240 inclusive 2 to 2 inclusive This table applies to widths produced by slitting from wider sheet. K67

262 Carbon Steel Sheets Cold Rolled Sheets Dimension Tolerances Camber Tolerances for Sheets Over 2 Wide Camber is the greatest deviation of a side edge from a straight line, the measurement being taken on the concave side with a straight edge. Camber tolerances for sheets in cut lengths, not resquared, are shown below: Cut Length in Ft. Up to 4 incl. Over 4 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl. Over 8 to 0 incl. Over 0 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 4 incl. Camber Tolerances in /8 5/6 Cut Length in Ft. Over 4 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl. Over 8 to 20 incl. Over 20 to 30 incl. Over 30 to 40 incl. Camber Tolerances in 5/8 7/8 For sheets in coils, camber should not eceed in any 20 feet of length. Camber tolerances for cils 2 to 2 wide are in any 8 feet. OutofSquare Tolerances for Sheets Over 2 Wide Not Resquared Outofsquare is the greatest deviation of an end edge from a straight line at right angle to a side and touching one corner. It is also obtained by measuring the difference between the diagonals of the sheet. The outofsquare deviation is onehalf of that difference. The tolerance for sheets of all gauges and all sizes is /6 per 6 of width or fraction thereof. General Tolerances for Resquared Sheets Over 2 Wide When sheets are specified resquared, the width and length are not less than the dimensions specified. The individual tolerance for overwidth, overlength, camber or outofsquare should not eceed /6 for sheets up to and including 48 in width and up to and including 20 in length; or /8 for wider or longer sheets. Flatness Tolerances for Sheets Over 2 Wide Not Specified to Stretcher Leveled Standard of Flatness Specified Thickness in & thicker Specified Width in Up to 36, incl. Over 36 to 60, incl. Over 60 to 72, incl. Over 72 Flatness* Tolerance in 5/8 7/ & thinner Up to 36, incl. Over 36 to 60, incl. Over 60 *Maimum deviation from a horizontal flat surface. Note : The above table does not apply to full hard sheets produced to hardness ranges. Note 2: The above table also applies to sheets cut to length from coils by the consumer when adequate flattening measures are performed. K68 5/8 7/8

263 Carbon Steel Sheets Cold Rolled Sheets Dimension Tolerances Flatness Tolerances for Sheets Specified to Stretcher Leveled Standard of Flatness Specified Thickness in Specified Width in Specified Length in Flatness* Tolerance in.0284 & thicker To 48, incl. over 48 To 20, incl. over 20 / to.057 incl. To 36, incl. over 36 To 20, incl. over 20 *Maimum deviation from a horizontal flat surface. llowances in Width and Length for Sheets Specified to Stretcher Leveled Standard of Flatness Not Resquared llowances are over specified dimensions Specified Length in To 20 incl. Over 20 to 56 incl. Over 56 Width in Specified: Grip or entry marks outside specified length Length in Specified: Grip or entry marks inside specified length K69

264 Carbon Steel Sheets Galvanized SheetsHot Dipped Coating Designation and Minimum Coating Test Limits Type Coating Designation Previous Coating Class oz. per sq. ft. Minimum Check Limit Triple Spot Test oz. per sq. ft. Single Spot Test oz. per sq. ft. Regular Regular Regular Regular Regular Regular Regular Regular Regular lloyed lloyed lloyed G235 G20 G85 G65 G40 G5 G90 G60 G Commercial Light Commercial No Minimum No Minimum No Minimum No Minimum The weight of coating in oz. per sq. ft. refers to the total coating on both surfaces. the coating designation number is the term by which this product is specified. K70

265 Carbon Steel Sheets Galvanized SheetsHot Dipped Thickness Tolerances for Coils and Cut Lengths Thickness Tolerances are Over or Under in Specified Width in.868 to to.0748 Specified Thickness in.0747 to to to & thinner To 32, incl. Over 32 to 40 Over 40 to 60 Over 60 to Thickness is measured at any point across the width not less than inch from a side edge. *Regardless of whether total thickness tolerance is specified equally or unequally, over and under, the total tolerance should be equal to twice the tabular tolerances Width Tolerances for Coils and Cut Lengths Over 2 Wide Not Resquared Width Tolerances are Over, No Tolerance Under Specified Width in Width Tolerance in Specified Width in Width Tolerance in Up to 30 incl. Over 30 to 48 incl. /8 Over 48 to 60 incl. Over 60 to 72 incl. 5/6 Width Tolerances for Coils and Cut Lengths 2 to 2 Wide Not Resquared Thickness Tolerances are Over and Under in Specified Width in Specified Thickness in 2 to 6 inclusive Over 6 to 9 inclusive Over 9 to 2 inclusive.082 to to This table applies to widths produced by slitting from wider sheet. K7

266 Carbon Steel Sheets Galvanized SheetsHot Dipped Length Tolerances for Sheets Not Resquared Length Tolerances are Over, No Tolerance Under Specified Length in Tolerance in Specified Length in Tolerance in Over 2 to 30 incl. Over 30 to 60 incl. Over 60 to 96 incl. Over 96 to 20 incl. /8 Over 20 to 56 incl. Over 56 to 92 incl. Over 92 to 240 incl. Over 240 Length Tolerances for Sheets 2 to 2 Wide Not Resquared Length Tolerances are Over, No Tolerance Under Specified Width in 24 to 60 inclusive Over 60 to 20 inclusive Over 20 to 240 inclusive 2 to 2 inclusive This table applies to widths produced by slitting from wider sheet. Camber Tolerances Camber is the greatest deviation of a side edge from a straight line, the measurement being taken on the concave side with a straight edge. The camber tolerances for sheets in cut lengths, not resquared, are shown below: Cut Length in Ft. Up to 4 incl. Over 4 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl. Over 8 to 0 incl. Over 0 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 4 incl. Camber Tolerances in /8 5/6 Cut Length in Ft. Over 4 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl. Over 8 to 20 incl. Over 20 to 30 incl. Over 30 to 40 incl. Camber Tolerances in 5/8 7/8 OutofSquare Tolerances For Sheets Not Resquared Outofsquare is the greatest deviation of an end edge from a straight line at right angle to a side and touching one corner. It is also obtained by measuring the difference between the diagonals of the sheet. The outofsquare deviation is onehalf of that difference. The tolerance for sheets of all gauges and all sizes is /6 per 6 of width or fraction thereof. Resquared Tolerances When sheets are specified resquared, the width and length are not less than the dimensions specified. The individual tolerance for overwidth, overlength, camber or outofsquare should not eceed /6 for sheets up to and including 48 in width and up to and including 20 in length; or /8 for wider or longer sheets. K72

267 Carbon Steel Sheets Galvanized SheetsHot Dipped Flatness Tolerances for Sheets Over 2 Wide Not Specified to Stretcher Leveled Standard of Flatness Specified Wt. in Lbs. per Sq. Ft (8 G.S.G.) and heavier Specified Thickness in.0486 and thicker Specified Width in Up 50 36, incl. Over 36 to 60, incl. Over 60 to 72, incl. Flatness* Tolerance in 5/ (9 G.S.G.) and lighter.0485 and thinner Up to 36, incl. Over 36 to 60, incl. Over 60 to 72, incl. 5/8 7/8 *Maimum deviation from a horizontal flat surface. Note : The above table does not apply to full hard sheet or sheets produced to hardness ranges. Note 2: The above table also applies to sheets cut to length from coils by the consumer when adequate flattening measures are performed. Flatness Tolerances for Sheet Specified to Stretcher Leveled Standard of Flatness Specified Wt. in Lbs. per Sq. Ft. Specified Thick., Specified Width, Specified Length, Flatness* Tol., In..344 (22 G.S.G.) and heavier 0486 and thicker To 48, incl. Over 48 To 20, incl. Over 20 /8.343 (23 G.S.G.) and lighter 0485 and thinner To 36, incl. Over 36 To 20, incl. Over 20 *Maimum deviation from a horizontal flat surface. llowances in Width and Length for Sheets Specified to Stretcher Leveled Standard of Flatness Not Resquared llowances are over specified dimensions Specified Length in To 20 incl. Over 20 to 56 incl. Over 56 Width in Specified: Grip or entry marks outside specified length Length in Specified: Grip or entry marks inside specified length Galvanized SheetsElectrolytic Zinc Coated Ecept for thickness tolerances shown following, dimensional tolerances for electrolytic zinc coated sheets are the same as those for cold rolled sheets. K73

268 Carbon Steel Sheets Galvanized SheetsHot Dipped Thickness Tolerances for Coils and Cut Lengths Thickness Tolerances are Over and Under in Specified Thickness in Specified Width in.097 to to to to to thinner Up to 40 Over to Thickness is measured at any point across the width not less than inch from a side edge. *Regardless of whether total thickness tolerance is specified equally or unequally, over and under, the total tolerance should be equal to twice the tabular tolerances. K74

269 luminum Coated Sheets Type (luminized) Gauge and Thickness Equivalents lum. Coated Ga. No. Lbs. per Square Foot Thick. Equivalent, in. lum. Coated Ga. No. Lbs. per Square Foot Thick. Equivalent, in luminum Coated Sheets Type (luminized) Flatness Tolerances for Sheets Over 2 Wide Not Specified to Stretcher Leveled Standard of Flatness Specified Wt. in Lbs. per Sq. Ft. Specified Thickness in Specified Width in Flatness* Tolerance in.952 (8.C.G.) and heavier.0486 and thicker Up to 36, incl. Over 36 to 60 incl..95 (9.C.G.) and lighter.0485 and thinner Up to 36, incl. Over 36 to 60 incl. 5/8 *Maimum deviation from horizontal flat surface. Note : The above table does not apply to full hard sheets or sheets produced to hardness ranges. Note 2: The above table also applies to sheets cut to length from coils by the consumer when adequate flattening measures are performed. K75

270 Carbon Steel Sheets luminum Coated Sheets Type (luminized) Flatness Tolerances for Sheets Specified to Stretcher Leveled Standard of Flatness Specified Wt. in Lbs. per Sq. Ft. Specified Thick., Specified Width, Specified Length, Flatness* Tol.,.265 (22.C.G.) and heavier.0322 and thicker To 48, incl. Over 48 To 20, incl. Over 20 /8.264 (23.C.G.) to.734 (27.C.G) incl..032 to.095 incl. To 36, incl. Over 36 To 20, incl. Over 20 *Maimum deviation from horizontal flat surface. Dimensional tolerances for aluminum coated sheets are the same as for hot dipped galvanized sheets. See previous tables. K76

271 Specified Width in Up to 3 incl. Carbon Steel Strip Hot Rolled Thickness Tolerances for Coils and Cut Lengths Thickness Tolerances are Over and Under in to to Specified Thickness in to to to to to Over 3 to 6 incl Over 6 to 2 incl Thickness measurements are taken from edge of strip on or wider and at any place on the strip when narrower than. The given tolerances do not include crown. Crown Tolerances Strip may be thicker at the center than at a point from the edge by the following amounts: Specified Thickness in Specified Width in Over to 3 incl to to to to to to to Over 3 to 6 incl Over 6 to 2 incl K77

272 Carbon Steel Strip Hot Rolled Width Tolerances Width Tolerances are Over and Under in Specified Thickness in Specified Width in Mill Edge & Square Edge ll Thicknesses Slit or Cut Edge Up to 0.09 incl. Over 0.09 Up to 2 incl. Over 2 to 5 incl. Over 5 to 0 incl. Over 0 to 2 incl. /32 3/64 /6 3/ Length Tolerances Tolerances are Specified Length. No Tolerances are Under. Specified Length in Feet Specified Width in Up to 5 incl. Over 5 to 0 incl. Over 0 to 20 incl. Over 20 to 30 incl. Over 30 to 40 incl. Over 40 To 3 incl. Over 3 to 6 incl. 5/8 Over 6 to 2 incl. Camber Tolerances for Mill Edge, Square Edge & Slit or Cut Edge Strip Camber is the deviation of a side edge from a straight line. Such deviation is obtained by placing an 8foot straight edge on the concave side and measuring the greatest distance between the strip edge and the straight edge. For strip wider than... in any 8 feet For strip and narrower... in any 8 feet When the camber tolerances shown above are not suitable for a particular purpose, hot rolled strip is sometimes machine straightened. K78

273 Structural Steel Tube Dimensional Tolerances Outside Diameter: Largest outside dimension...outside tolerance including conveity and concavity Up to 2... ±.020 Over 2 to 3 inclusive... ±.025 Over 3 to 5 inclusive... ±.030 Over 5... ± % Tolerances include allowance for conveity or concavity. For rectangular sections, the tolerance calculated for the larger flat dimension shall also apply to the smaller flat dimension. This tolerance may be increased 50 percent when applies to the smaller dimension, if the ratio of cross sectional dimensions is between.5 and 3, and 00 percent when the ratio eceeds 3. Wall Thickness: Maimum allowable variation ± 0% (wall thickness is to be measured at the center of the flat, eclusive of the weld area, and not at corners). K79 Corner Radii: The radius of any outside corner shall not eceed three times the specified wall thickness. Twist: Longest outside dimension...maimum twist per 3 feet of length 2 to 2 inclusive over 2 to 4 inclusive over 4 to 6 inclusive over 6 to 8 inclusive over Straightness: Permissible variation shall be /8 times the number of feet of total length divided by 5:.25 (total length) 5 Squareness of Sides: djacent sides may deviate from 90 degrees by a tolerance of plus or minus 2 degrees maimum. Flash: Structural tubing usually is supplied flashin. The height of the flash will vary with the wall thickness of the tube. Seamless Mechanical Steel Tube Tolerances Hot Rolled Round Carbon & lloy Steel Diameter Tolerances OUTSIDE DIMETER TOLERNCES (INCHES) Specified Size O.D. () to to to to to to to to to to to to s Rolled or nnealed Plus & Minus Oil Quenched & Tempered Plus & Minus OUTSIDE DIMETER TOLERNCES (INCHES) Specified Size O.D. () to to to to to to to to to to to to s Rolled or nnealed Plus & Minus % O.D. % O.D. % O.D. % O.D. % O.D. % O.D. Oil Quenched & Tempered Plus & Minus Consult Mill Consult Mill Consult Mill Note : Normalized and tempered tolerances. Note 2: If water quench and temper is required for specifiedrefer to Mill for applicable tolerance. Note 3: Tolerances are STM59. Note 4: Hot Rolled tubing usually specified OD Wall only.

274 Seamless Mechanical Steel Tube Tolerances Hot Rolled Round Carbon & lloy Steel Wall Tolerances Wall Thickness Maimum Over & Under Normal Wall 2 to O.D. Over O.D. Plus Minus Plus Minus Walls under 0% of nominal Outside Diameter 0.0% 0.0% 2.5% 2.5% Walls 0% of nominal O.D. to 25% of nominal O.D. inclusive. 7.5% 7.5% 2.5% 2.5% Walls over 25% of nominal Outside Diameter 7.5% 7.5% 2.5% 2.5% Note: Wall thickness range & tolerance are STM59. Straightness Tolerances Outside Diameter Size Range Wall % of Outside Diameter Total in ny 3 Feet Maimum Deviation from Straight Total in Entire Length: Per Foot of Length Length 3 to 22 Feet Length Under 3 and Over 22 Feet Up to / / % OD & over 4% OD & over 4% OD & over Note: Outofstraightness is ordinarily checked at points of maimum deviation (as determined by lineofsight observation) by means of a threefront straightedge and feeler gages. When overall straightness in entire length is of concern, the tube is rolled on a surfaceplate and maimum deviationfromstraight is determined by means of feel gages inserted between the tube and plate at a point of maimum departure. If rotational methods such as chucking the tube at its ends or supporting the ends on roller and rotating under a dial indicator are used, etreme care in interpreting results must be employed because reading are influenced by OD dimensional variation in addition to deviationfromstraight. Not applicable to quenched and tempered tubes over 302 BHN. K80

275 OD Size Range, Up to Wall: Percent of OD ll ll ll ll ll ll ll ll ll ll ll ll Under 6 6 to 7 Over 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Over 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Over 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Over 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Over 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Over 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Over 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Over 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Over 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Over 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Over 7 Seamless Mechanical Steel Tube Tolerances Cold Drawn Round Carbon & lloy Steel Diameter Tolerances Unannealed or Stress Relief nnealed Soft nnealed or Normalized Oil Quenched & Tempered OD ID OD ID OD / ID Plus Minus Plus Minus Plus Minus Plus Minus Plus / Minus Tabulated tolerances can be applied simultaneously to only two of three crosssectional dimension, i.e., OD Wall, OD ID or ID Wall. ID Tolerances apply only to tube specified OD ID Wall...and to dimensional and over when ID is at lleast half the OD. Wall thickness less than 3% of OD, require added ovality tolerances of plus and minus % of mean OD. If water quench and temper is required or specifiedrefer to Mill for applicable tolerance. K8

276 Seamless Mechanical Steel Tube Tolerances Cold Drawn Round Carbon & lloy Steel Wall Tolerances Wall Thickness % of OD Under 0% 0 to 25% Over 25% Wall Tolerances Ma % Over and Under Normal Wall ID Under.500 ± 0.0% ± 0.0% ± 2.5% ID.500 & Over ± 7.5% ± 6.0% ± 7.5% Straightness Tolerances Outside Diameter Size Range Up to / /0,750 Wall Percent of Outside Diameter 3% OD & Over 4% OD & Over 4% OD & Over Total Camber in ny 3 Feet Not applicable to quenched and tempered tubes over 302 BHN K82

277 DOM Mechanical Steel Tube Tolerances Cold Drawn Round Welded & Drawn Over Mandrel OD Size Range Diameter Tolerances Wall % of OD OD, ID, Plus Minus Plus Minus Up ll ll ll ll ll ll ll ll ll ll ll ll Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to 7 Under 6 6 to Straightness Tolerances.030 in any 3 ft. of length up to OD.060 in any 3 ft. of length over OD K83

278 K84 DOM Mechanical Steel Tube Tolerances Cold Drawn Round Welded & Drawn Over Mandrel Wall Tolerances Wall Thickness, Inch Incl..375 to.875 OD Over to OD Over.875 to OD Over.875 to.875 OD.028 &

279 DOM Mechanical Steel Tube Tolerances Cold Drawn Round Welded & Drawn Over Mandrel Ovality Tolerances O.D., Ovality O.D., Ovality Up to 2 Over 2 to 3 incl. Over 3 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 5 incl. Over 5 to 6 incl Over 6 to 7 incl. Over 7 to 8 incl. Over 8 to 9 incl. Over 9 to 0 incl. Over 0 to incl O.D., Ovality O.D., Ovality Over to 2 incl..060 Over 3 to 4 incl..070 Over 2 to 3 incl..065 Over 4 to 5 incl..075 Ovality shall be within regular diameter tolerances ecept when the wall thickness is less than 3% of the OD. In such cases, add the additional ovality tolerance shown here; however, the mean OD or ID must be within the minimum and maimum permitted by the diameter tolerance table. Cold Drawn Buttweld Steel Tube Date Round Mandrel Drawn OD ID Tube (CDBW) Dimensional Tolerances O.D. Size Range Wall Thickness Range Diameter Tolerances O.D., I.D. Plus Minus Plus Minus Wall Tolerances Plus Minus Under to to & over.500 & over Under.56 Under & over Under & over % 0.0% 7.0% 0.0% 7.0% 2.5% 0.0% 7.0% 0.0% 7.0% Tolerances can be supplied to only two of three crosssectional dimension. Sunk drawn CDBW tube usually is specified OD Wall. Straightness tolerance is in any 3 feet of length. K85

280 Welded Mechanical Steel Tube Tolerance swelded Round Hot Rolled Electric Weld (HREW) Diameter Tolerances Outside Diameter Size Range Wall Thickness BWG Outside Diameter, Tolerance, Plus Minus to /8 incl. Over /8 to 2, incl. Over /8 to 2, incl. Over 2 to 2, incl. Over 2 to 3, incl. Over 2 to 3, incl. Over 3 to 3, incl. Over 3 to 3, incl. Over 3 to 3, incl. Over 3 to 4, incl. Over 4 to 5, incl. Over 4 to 5, incl. Over 5 to 6, incl. Over 5 to 6, incl. Over 6 to 8, incl. Over 6 to 8, incl. 6 to 0 6 to 7 6 to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to 3 6 to 3 2 to to 3 2 to to 3 2 to to 3 2 to to 3 2 to.500 to 3 2 to.500 Note : Measurements for diameter are to be taken at least 2 inches from the end of the tubes. Note 2: Ovality shall be within the above tolerance ecept when the wall thickness is less than 3% of the outside diameter. In such cases the ovality may be 50% greater than the outside tolerances but the mean outside diameter shall be within the specified tolerance. Wall Thickness BWG Plus to, Incl Minus Wall Tolerances Over to 5/6, Incl. Outside Diameter, Wall Thickness Tolerance, K86 Over 5/6 to 3, Incl. Over 3 to 4, Incl. Over 4 to 8, Incl. Plus Minus Plus Minus Plus Minus Plus Minus

281 Welded Mechanical Steel Tube Tolerance swelded Round Hot Rolled Electric Weld (HREW), continued Inside Weld Flash HREW tubing is usually produced to OD Wall dimension only and in three categories determined by height of inside diameter welding flash: FlashinTubing ID Flash does not eceed wall thickness or 3/32 whichever is less. Flash Controlled.00 ID flash is 0.0 maimum height. Flash Controlled.005 ID flash is.005 maimum height. Welded Mechanical Steel Tube Tolerance swelded Round Cold Rolled Electric Weld (CREW), continued Outside Diameter Size Range to incl. Over to 5/8 incl. Over to 5/8 incl. Over 5/8 to /8 incl. Over 5/8 to /8 incl. Over /8 to 2 incl. Over /8 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 3 incl. Over 2 to 3 incl. Over 3 to 3 incl. Over 3 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 5 incl. Over 4 to 5 incl. Over 5 to 6 incl. Wall Thickness BWG 22 to 4 22 to 6 4 to 2 22 to 4 3 to 22 to 4 3 to 9 20 to 4 3 to 9 20 to 8 6 to 9 20 to 9 20 to 8 6 to 4 3 to 8 6 to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to.65 Outside Diameter, Tolerance, Plus Minus Note : Measurements for diameter are to be taken at least 2 inches from the end of the tubes. Note 2: Ovality shall be within the above tolerance ecept when the wall thickness is less than 3% of the outside diameter. In such cases the ovality may be 50% greater than the outside tolerances but the mean outside diameter shall be within the specified tolerance. Wall Thickness BWG to 7/8, Incl. Plus Minus Wall Tolerances Outside Diameter, Over 7/8 to Over 7/8 to Over 3 /8 Incl. 3 Incl. to 5 Incl. Wall Thickness Tolerance, Over 5 to 6 Incl. Plus Minus Plus Minus Plus Minus Plus Minus Inside Weld Flash CREW tubing is usually produced to OD Wall dimension only and in three categories determined by height of inside diameter welding flash: FlashinTubing ID Flash does not eceed wall thickness or 3/32 whichever is less. Flash Controlled.00 ID flash is 0.0 maimum height. Flash Controlled.005 ID flash is.005 maimum height K87

282 Low Carbon Steel Pressure Tube Data Heat Echanger Tube Tolerances Tolerances Specification Size O.D. Range O.D. Wall Plus Minus Plus Minus STM79 SMES79 Cold Drawn Seamless Heat Echanger Tube Minimum Wall (See Note ) Under to to to to to % 20% 22% 22% 22% 22% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% STM24 SMES24 ERW Welded Heat Echanger Tube Minimum Wall (See Notes, 2 & 3) Under to to to to to to to % 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Note lso available in average wall with ± 0% tolerance. Note 2 Tubes over 2 OD.35 wall, ID weld flash controlled.0 ma. height. Note 3 Tubes 2 OD.35 wall & under, ID weld flash controlled.006 ma. height Hydraulic Tube Tolerances Tolerances Specification Size O.D. Range O.D. Wall Plus Minus Plus Minus NSIB93, 969 SEJ524 MS5050 Cold Drawn Seamless JIC Hydraulic Line Up to to to to to to % 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 5% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% NSIB93, 4969 SEJ525 Welded & Drawn JIC Hydraulic Line Up to to to to to to % 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 5% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% K88

283 Stainless Steel Plates Flatness Tolerances nnealed Plates Thickness, 48 and under Variations from a Flat Surface for Thickness and Widths Shown, Over 48 to 60 ecl. 60 to 72 elc. 72 to 84 ecl. 84 to 96 ecl. 96 to 08 ecl. 08 to 20 ecl. 20 to 44 ecl. 44 and over 3/6 to to ecl. to ecl. to ecl. to ecl. to ecl. to 4 ecl. 4 to 6 ecl. /6 /6 9/6 9/6 9/6 9/6 9/6 5/6 /6 5/8 5/8 9/6 /8 5/8 5/8 9/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 5/6 /6 5/8 5/8 7/6 /8 /8 /6 9/6 7/8 9/6 /8 5/6 /6 5/8 7/8 2 7/8 7/6 /8 /8 7/8 /8 Permissible variations in above table apply to plates up to 5 feet long or to any 5 feet of longer plates. If the longer dimension is under 36 inches the permissible variation shall not be greater than inch. The shorter dimension specified shall be considered the width and the permissible variation in flatness across the width shall not eceed the tabular amount for that dimension. In no case shall the maimum deviation from a flat surface eceed the tabular tolerance for the longer dimension specified. The above flatness tolerances are not applicable to plates in the hot rolled condition or to plates with physical other than fully annealed. Closer tolerances can be furnished by special flattening at mill inquire. Camber Tolerances Sheared Mill Plate /8 X Number of feet of length 5 Tolerances May Vary fter Cutting Plate to Size Thickness Tolerances For Rectangular Stainless Steel Plates ll plates must be ordered to thickness and not to weight per square foot. For purposes of production and shipment of plates within production size ranges, the Thickness Tolerances for Rectangular Stainless Steel Plates show below apply. Specified Thickness (Inch) to ecl. to ecl. to ecl. to 2 ecl. Over 2 Thickness Tolerance Over Variation* () Widths to 84, Incl. Widths Over 84 to 20, Incl Inquire Inquire *No plate shall vary more than 0.0 under thickness ordered. Spot grinding not to eceed 0.0 under the specified thickness is permitted to remove surface imperfections. K89

284 Stainless Steel Bars Size Tolerances Hot Finished Rounds and Squares Size Tolerance, Size Over Under OutofRound or Outof Square Section, Over to 5/6 incl. Over 5/6 to 7/6 incl. Over 7/6 to 5/8 incl. Over 5/8 to 7/8 incl. Over 7/8 to incl. Over to /8 incl. Over /8 to incl. Over to incl. Over to incl. Over to 2 incl. Over 2 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 3 incl. Over 3 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 5 incl. Over 5 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl /64 /32 3/64 /6 5/64 /8 5/ / Rough Turned Rounds Size Tolerance, Specified Size Over Under Over to 2 incl. Over 2 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 3 incl. Over 3 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 5 incl. Over 5 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl. Over 8 to 0 incl. Over 0 /64 /32 3/64 /6 5/64 /8 5/32 / K90

285 Stainless Steel Bars Size Tolerances Cold Finished Round and Under Tolerance, Size Over Under only Under to.325 incl. Under.325 to.05 elc Rounds Over Tolerance, Size Over Under Over to ecl. to ecl. to 4 incl. Over 4 to 4 incl. Over NOTE: When it is necessary to heat treat or heat treat and pickle after cold finishing, because of special hardness or mechanical property requirements, tolerances are commonly double those shown above. Squares and Heagons Tolerance, Size Over Under Over to incl. Over to 2 incl. Over 2 to 3 incl. Over See footnote under Cold Finished Rounds above. K9

286 Standard Tolerances for Stainless Steel Pipe STM32 (Welded, Schedule 40) Pipe Size, In. Plus Minus Plus Minus / O.D. Tolerances Wall Tolerances % 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% 2% Standard Tolerances for Stainless Steel Pipe STM32 Tolerances to 530 (Seamless Hot Finished and Cold Drawn) Pipe Size, In. Over Under Over Under /8 to to 4 4 to 8 /64 /32 /6 O.D. /32 /32 / Wall 2% 2% 2% K92

287 Commercial Tolerances Seamless Stainless Steel Tubing STM23 Tolerances to 450 (Ecept verage Wall) Size, In. Plus Minus Plus Minus Ovality Under incl. Over 2 ecl. 2 2 ecl. 2 3 ecl. 3 4 incl. Over 4 7 incl. Over 7 9 incl. O.D. Tolerances Wall Tolerances 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Notes:. Please inquire for wall tolerances on sizes 2 O.D. and over with wall of.220 and heavier, as well as any O.D. with wall and heavier, and any tube with I.D. 60% or less of the O.D. 2. Please inquire for ovality tolerance on sizes 2 O.D. and less with wal 2% or less of specified O.D. and for greater than 2 O.D with wall 3% or less of specified O.D. Round Welded Stainless Tubing STM249 Tolerances to 450 (Ecept verage Wall) Size, In. Plus Minus Plus Minus Ovality Under incl. Over 2 ecl. 2 2 ecl. 2 3 ecl. 3 4 incl. Over 4 7 incl. Over 7 9 incl. O.D. Tolerances Wall Tolerances 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% K93

288 Thickness Tolerances Stainless Cold Rolled Strip Measured inch in edge on inch or wider; and on narrower than inch at any place on the strip. Note: Most strip supplied from stock is slit from sheet coils. Tolerances for sheet as shown above will apply. Tolerances For Mill Produced Strip Over 20 to 235/6, Incl. + & Over 6 to 20, +/ Over 2 to 6, +/ Over 6 to 9, +/ Ordered Thickness, Inch to 6, +/ Under 3 to, +/ Over 9 to 2, +/ Under to, +/ Under to, +/ Under to, +/ From To and Incl K94 Camber Tolerances on Stainless Cold Rolled Strip Up to and including wide in any 8 ft. length Over to 24, eclusive in any 8 ft. length Camber to be determined by placing an 8 foot straight edge against the concave side of the strip.

289 Stainless Steel Sheet Gauge and Thickness Tolerances ll Finished USS Gage 8 and and 6 7 to 9 20 to to 27 Ordered Thickness in.874 to to to.4.40 to to to to to to to to to to.0050 Hand Mill Product Tolerance Plus and Minus Continuous Mill Product 24 to 48 incl Over 48 to 60 incl The decimal thickness ordered or required will be furnished to the standard plus and minus thickness tolerances. Note: Original width of sheet governs tolerance. Stainless Steel Camber Tolerance Widths through 36 : /8 every 8 ft. Widths over 36 : 3/32 every 8 ft. Stainless Steel Sheet/Flatness Tolerance Sheets not specified to stretcher leveled standard of flatness (eclusive of,,, and full hard tempers of 200 and 300 series grades dead soft and deep drawing sheet. Thickness in.062 & over Under.062 Width in To 60 incl. Over 60 to 72 incl. Over 72 To 36 incl. Over 36 to 60 incl. Over 60 Stretcher Leveled Flatness Tolerance Flatness Tolerance (maimum deviation from a horizontal surface), inches Sheets specified to stretcher leveled standard of flatness (eclusive of hard tempers of 200 and 300 series grades). Thickness in Width in Length in Flatness Tolerance (maimum deviation from a horizontal surface), inches Under Under Under Under To 48 incl. To 48 incl. Over 48 Over 48 To 96 incl. Over 96 To 96 incl. Over 96 /8 K95

290 Standard Tolerances for Thickness of Flat and Coiled Sheet lloys 00, 3003, 305, 5005 and 5050 Thickness to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to.25 Up to 8 Incl Over 8 thru Over 36 thru lloys 2024, 5052, 5083, 5454, 606 and 7075 Over 54 thru Thickness to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to.25 Up to 8 Incl Over 8 thru Over 36 thru Over 48 thru Note: Original width of sheet governs tolerance. Standard Tolerances for luminum Sheet and Plate Flatness j Flat Sheet lloy (includes lclads) Specified Thickness In. 060, 00, 350, 3003, thru , 305, 5005, 5050, thru Over 54 thru Longitudinal or Transverse Distance, ft., Center to Center of Buckles or Edge Waves k Up thru 2 /8 /8 Over 2 thru 3 Over 3 thru 4 Over 4 thru 6 Tolerance, in. lmn 5/6 5/6 Over , 5052, 5083, 5086, thru , 554, 5456, 5652, thru brazing sheet and all heat treatable alloys 5/6 5/6 9/6 K96

291 Standard Tolerances for luminum Rod & Bar Diameter Tolerance Thickness, Width, In. Tolerance COLD FINISHED ROD ±0.005 ± ± ± ± ± ±0.020 EXTRUDED ROD/606 Under ±.006 ±.007 ±.008 ±.009 ±.00 ±.02 ±.04 ±.024 ±.034 ±.044 ±.054 ±.074 ±.084 COLD FINISHED FLT ±.002 ±.0025 ±.030 ±.005 ±.008 ±.00 EXTRUDED SQURES/FLTS Under ±.006 ±.007 ±.008 ±.009 ±.00 ±.02 ±.04 ±.024 ±.034 ±.054 Standard Tolerances for luminum Drawn Tube Round Diameter Tolerance/Plus & Minus, llowable Deviation of Mean Diam. llowable Deviation of Mean Diam. from Size at any Point Not Treated Heat Treated nnld. Up thru Wall Tolerances/Plus & Minus, llowable Deviation of Mean Diam. llowable Deviation of Mean Diam. from Size at any Point NonHeatTreatable Heat Treatable ±0% of specified wall ±.003 minimum K97

292 Spec. Wall Under Standard Tolerances for luminum Etruded Tube Round Diameter Tolerance/Plus & Minus, Diam. (Size) , Deviation from Size of Mean Diam. 5083, Other lloys K98 Deviation from Size at ny Point 5083, Other lloys Wall Tolerances/Plus & Minus, llowable Deviation of Mean Wall from Specified Wall Under.250 OD OD OD and over Other 5086 Other 5086 Other 5086 Other lloys 5454 lloys 5454 lloys 5454 lloys llowable Wall Deviation at any point (Eccentricity) 2 Wall & Under: Plus & minus 0% of mean wall.060 maimum,.00 minimum Over 2 ±.20 Standard Tolerances for luminum Pipe/Sch 40 & 80 Outside Diameter Wall Pipe Size Under 2 2 and Up Tolerance ±% Size Tolerance % ll 2 Standard Tolerances for luminum Tread Plate/Sheet Thick Tolerance, In. Thick Tolerance, In. In. Plus Minus In. Plus Minus Specified thickness does not include height of pattern (Minimum height of raised pattern = inch.)

293 Standard Tolerances for luminum Sheet and Plate Flatness Sawed or Sheared Plate Specified Thickness, In Longitudinal Flatness Tolerance l In. llowable Deviation from Flat T5 temperso in any 6 ft. p /8 in any 6 ft. or less Other than T5 tempers o m in any 6 ft. or less in any 6 ft. or less Specified Thickness, In. T5 temperso Transverse Flatness Tolerance l In. llowable Deviation from Flat Widths over 4 ft. thru 6 ft. q Widths over 2 ft. thru 4 ft. Widths 2 ft. and less Other than T5 tempers o m T5 temperso Other than T5 tempers o m ll tempersm /6 /8 5/6 /8 Only shortspan flatness tolerance applies Specified Thickness, In ShortSpan Flatness r Tolerances In. llowable Deviation from Flat T5 temperso Other than T5 tempers o m j Not applicable to cutlength sheet, panel flat sheet, coiled sheet, or sheet over 60 in. wide. k lso applicable to overall length or width of sheet if only one longitudinal and/ or transverse buckle or edge wave is present. l llowable deviation from flat with the sheet positioned on flat horizontal surface to minimize deviation. m Not applicable to the O.F. and H8 and harder tempers. n Not applicable to end or corner turnup. o T5 is a general designation for the following stressrelieved tempers: T35, T45, T65, T85, T735 ND T765. p For pieces ordered to less than 6 ft. length the tolerance is /8 in. for the total length. q For widths over 6 ft., these tolerances apply for any 6 ft. of total width. r Shortspan flatness is the deviation from flat over full span for spans 2 ft. and less. s s measured with the plate resting on a flat surface. K99

294 Copper and Copper lloy Rod Tolerances Rounds and Heagons ll Tolerances are Plus and Minus in NonRefractory lloys 0, 45, 47, 220, 260, 36, 353, 360, 464 & 485 Refractory lloys 544, 642 & 792 Tolerance in Diameter or Distance NonRefractory lloys Refractory lloys between Parallel Surfaces in Round Heagon Round Heagon Up to.50 incl.* Over.50 to.500 incl.* Over.500 to.00 incl. Over.00 to 2.00 incl. Over 2.00 to 2.25 incl. Over 2.25 to incl. Over to incl. Over to incl Over 3.25 to 3.25 incl. Over 3.5 to incl to 4.00 incl. Over 4.00 to incl. Over to incl K *ll Round FC Brass Rod 3/32 to incl. are carried to Swiss Tolerances (±.0005) Width Tolerances Rectangles ll Tolerances are Plus and Minus in NonRefractory lloys 0, 45, 220, 260, 36 & 360 Refractory lloy 50 (For squares use thickness tolerances net page) Width Tolerance in Width in NonRefractory lloys Refractory lloys Up to.050 incl. Over.050 to.090 incl. Over.090 to.30 incl. Over.30 to.88 incl. Over.88 to.500 incl. Over.500 to.25 incl. Over.25 to 2.00 incl. Over 2.00 to 4.00 incl. Over 4.00 to 2.00 incl. *Epressed to the nearest %* %*

295 Copper and Copper lloy Thickness Tolerances Square and Rectangular Rod and Bar ll Tolerances are Plus and Minus in Thickness in Up to incl. Copper Bus Bar Over to incl. Width in Over to 2.00 incl. Over 2.00 to 4.00 incl. Over 4.00 to 8.00 incl. Over 8.00 to 2.00 incl. Over.050 to.090 incl. Over.090 to.30 incl. Over.30 to.88 incl. Over.88 to.500 incl. Over.500 to.00 incl. Over.00 to 2.00 incl. Over 2.00 to 4.00 incl %* Brass and Commercial Bronze Thickness in Up to incl. Over to incl. Width in Over to 2.00 incl. Over 2.00 to 4.00 incl. Over 4.00 to 8.00 incl. Over 8.00 to 2.00 incl. Over.050 to.090 incl. Over.090 to.30 incl. Over.30 to.88 incl. Over.88 to.500 incl. Over.500 to.00 incl. Over.00 to 2.00 incl. Over 2.00 to 4.00 incl %* *Epressed to the nearest.00 K0

296 Copper and Copper lloy Thickness Tolerances Sheet and Strip ll Tolerances are Plus and Minus in NonRefractory lloys* Width in Thickness in Up to 8 incl. Over 8 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 20 incl. Over 20 to 28 incl Over 28 to 36 incl Over 36 to 48 incl Up to.004 incl. Over.004 to.006 incl. Over.006 to.009 incl. Over.009 to.03 incl. Over.03 to.07 incl. Over.07 to.02 incl. Over.02 to.026 incl. Over.026 to.037 incl. Over.037 to.050 incl. Over.050 to.073 incl. Over.073 to.30 incl. Over.30 to.88 incl. Over.88 to.205 incl. Over.205 to.300 incl. Over.300 to.500 incl. Over.500 to.750 incl. Over.750 to.00 incl. Over.00 to.50 incl. Over.50 to 2.00 incl Refractory lloys** Width in Thickness in Up to 8 incl. Over 8 to 2 incl. Over 2 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 20 incl. Over 20 to 28 incl. Over 28 to 36 incl. Up to.004 incl. Over.004 to.006 incl. Over.006 to.009 incl. Over.009 to.03 incl. Over.03 to.07 incl. Over.07 to.02 incl. Over.02 to.026 incl. Over.026 to.037 incl. Over.037 to.050 incl. Over.050 to.073 incl. Over.073 to.30 incl. Over.30 to.88 incl. Over.88 to.205 incl. Over.205 to.300 incl. Over.300 to.500 incl. Over.500 to.750 incl. Over.750 to.00 incl. Over.00 to.50 incl. Over.50 to 2.00 incl *NonRefractory lloys 0, 22, 220, 230, 260 and 353 **Refractory lloys 280, 50 and 752 K02

297 Brass and Copper Round Seamless Tubing Tolerances lloy 22, 260, 272 & 330 Wall Thickness Tolerances (Ecept Condenser Tubes, Pipe, Copper Water Tube, and Tubes Furnished as Etruded) Maimum deviation at any point The following tolerances are plus and minus in inches. Outside Diameter in Wall Thickness in /32 to /8 incl. Over /8 to 5/8 incl. Over 5/8 to incl. Over to 2 incl. Over 2 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 7 incl. Over 7 to 0 incl. Up to.08 Incl..08 to.025 Incl..025 to.035 Incl..035 to.058 Incl..058 to.083 Incl..083 to.20 Incl..20 to.65 Incl..65 to.220 Incl..220 to Tolerances on a given tube may be specified with respect to any two, but not all three of the following: (a) Outside dimension, (b) Inside dimension, (c) Wall thickness. Standard inventory is ordered to O.D. and Wall tolerances. Mean Diameter* Tolerances ll tolerances plus and minus in inches Refer to office for outofround tolerance. Tube sold to O.D. and Wall Tolerances. Consult office on sizes 0 O.D. and over. Specified Diameter Up to /8 incl. Over /8 to 5/8 incl. Over 5/8 to incl. Over to 2 incl. Over 2 to 3 incl. Over 3 to 4 incl. Over 4 to 5 incl. Over 5 to 6 incl. Over 6 to 8 incl. Over 8 to 0 incl. Tolerances pplies to Inside or Outside Inside or Outside Inside or Outside Inside or Outside Inside or Outside Inside or Outside Inside or Outside Inside or Outside Inside or Outside Inside or Outside Tolerance in *The mean diameter of a tube is the average of the maimum and minimum outside diameters, or of the maimum and minimum inside diameters, as determined at any one cross section of the tube. K03

298 Diameter Over.020 to.030 incl. Over.030 to.040 incl. Over.040 to.050 incl. Over.050 to.060 incl. Over.060 to.080 incl. Over.080 to.50 incl. Over.50 to.2576 incl. Copper and Copper lloy Commercial Round Wire Tolerances Bare, Drawn to Final Size Tolerances in Plus and Minus Copper lloy 0 Round Brass lloy 260 Round Phosphor Bronze lloy 50 Round Commercial Width Tolerances Slit Metal Flat or Coils ll tolerances below plus and minus in inches. If wanted all plus or all minus, double the values given Thickness in Width in.004 to.032 incl..033 to.28 incl. Up to 2 incl. Over 2 to 8 incl. Over 8 to 24 incl / /64 Commercial Width Tolerances Sheared Metal Width or Length in Up to 20 incl. Over 20 to 36 incl. Over 36 to 20 incl. Thickness in Up to /6 incl. Over /6 incl. Over /8 /32 3/64 /6 3/64 3/64 /6 /6 /6 /6 Commercial Width Tolerances SWED Metal Lengths Up to 0 Ft. Incl. Width in Thickness in Up to incl. Over Up to 2 incl. Over 2 /32 /6 /6 /6 Straightness Tolerances Slit Metal (Maimum Edgewise Curvature in any 6 foot portion of total length in inches) Width in Over to incl. Over to incl. Over to incl. Over to 2 incl. Over 2 to 4 incl. Over 4 s Slit Only Shipped in Rolls Shipped Flat 2 5/8 K04 5/8 Specially Straightened Flat or Edge Rolled or in Rolls

299 K05 Hardness Conversion Table for Carbon and lloy Steel ll Values re pproimate Brinell Hardness Number (Carbide Ball) Rockwell Hardness Numbers Tensile Strength C Scale Scale B Scale 5N Scale Superficial 30T Scale Superficial ksi MPa

300 Gauge by Decimal For ccuracy, Specify by Decimal Not By Gauge NonFerrous Brown & Sharp Steel Sheets (Uncoated) Manufacturers Std. Strip & Tubing Birmingham or Stubs Basic Steel Wire WEIGHT Lbs. Per Sq. Ft LUMINUM Gage Decimal WEIGHT Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. lloy 260 BRSS Gage Decimal WEIGHT Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Sheet STEEL Gage No. Gage Decimal WEIGHT Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Steel STRIP Gage Decimal WEIGHT Lbs. Per 00. Ft. STEEL WIRE LUMINUMSheet BRSSSheet, Strip Wire, Tube BRONZESheet, Strip, Wire COPPERStrip, Tube, Wire NICKEL SILVER Sheet, Wire STEEL SHEETS Flat or Coil, Hot Rolled or Cold Rolled TUBINGluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel BNDS FLT WIRE STRIPSteel, Stainless Steel SPRING Steel Sheet BSIC STEEL WIREll Finishes K06

301 K07 Converted to Decimal Equivalent Parts of a Foot Decimal Decimal Decimal Decimal 0 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 2 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 3 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 4 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 5 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 6 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 7 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 8 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 9 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 0 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/6 /6 /8 5/6 7/6 9/6 5/8 /6 7/8 5/

302 U.S. and Metric System Equivalents Length Unit Millimeters Centimeters Feet Yards Meters Millimeter Centimeter Inch Foot Yard Meter Rod Unit Furlong Kilometer Mile (statute) Feet Yards Meters Rods Furlongs.025 (0) Miles (Statute) (/320).25 (/8) Nautical Mile =.555 status miles = /3 league. Light Year = trillion miles = 9.46 trillion kilometers. Weight Unit Grain Gram Ounce (Troy) Ounce (voir.) Pound (Troy) Pound (voir.) Kilogram Grains Grams Ounces (Troy) Ounces (voir.) Pounds (Troy) Pounds (voir.) Kilograms Unit Kilograms Pounds (Troy) Pounds (voir.) Metric Tons Net (Short) Tons Gross (Long) Tons Metric Ton Net (Short) Ton Gross (Long) Ton K08

303 U.S. and Metric System Equivalents Volume and Capacity Unit Cubic Centimeters Cubic Liters Quarts (Liquids) Quarts (Dry) Gals. (Liquid) Gal. (Dry) Cubic Feet Cu. Centimeter Cu. Inch Gill Pint (liquid) Pint (Dry) Liter Quart (liquid) Quart (dry) Gallon (liquid) Gallon (dry) Peck Cu. Foot Bushel Barrel Cu. Yard Cu. Meter rea Unit Square Square Feet Square Yards Square Meters Square Foot Square Yard Square Meter Square Rod cre Square Mile (640 cres) Square Kilometer K09

304 U.S. and Metric System Equivalents Conversion Table Fractions to Decimals to Metric Fraction of Inch Decimal of Inch Millimeters Fraction of Inch Decimal of Inch Millimeters /64 /32 3/64 / /64 7/32 35/64 9/ /64 3/32 7/64 / /64 9/32 39/64 5/ /64 5/32 / /64 2/32 43/64 / /64 7/32 5/ /64 23/32 47/ /64 9/32 9/64 5/ /64 25/32 5/ /64 /32 23/ /64 27/32 55/64 7/ /64 3/32 27/64 7/ /64 29/32 59/64 5/ /64 5/32 3/ /64 3/32 63/ To convert a fraction to millimeters, determine its decimal equivalent, and then multiply the decimal by Thus 2/64 in. =.328 in. = mm. or mm. K0

305 Geometric Formulas CIRCLE rea = Square of Diamter.7854 or Square of Radius 3.46 Circumference = Diamter 3.46 Diamter = circumference.383 Doubling diameter increases area four times; tripling diameter increases are nine times, etc. SQURE rea = Square of Side Diagonal = Side.442 Side = Diagonal.707 SQURE INSCRIBED IN CIRCLE Side of Square = Diameter of Circle.707 or Circumference of Circle.225 Diameter of Circle = Side of Square.442 Circumference of Circle = Side of Square SQURE ND CIRCLE WITH EQUL RE Side of Square = Diameter of Circle.8862 Diameter of Circle = Side of Square.28 Circumference of Circle = Side of Square RECTNGLE rea = Length Width Diagonal = Square root of sum of squares of Width and Length TRINGLE rea = Base of Perpendicular Height HEXGON (EQUL SIDES ND NGLES) rea = Square of Distance across Flats.866 or Square of Side Side = of Diagonal or Distance across Flats.577 Diagonal = Distance across Flats.55 or Side 2 OCTGON (EQUL SIDES ND NGLES) rea = Square of Distance across Flats.828 or Square of Side Side = Diagonal.383 or Distance across Flats.44 Diagonal = Distance across Flats.082 or Side 2.63 SPHERE rea of Surface = Square of Diameter 3.46 Volume = Cube of Diameter.5236 CUBE rea of Surface = Square of Side 6 Volume = Cube of Side Diagonal = Side.732 K

306 Geometric Formulas (continued) CYLINDER rea of Curved Surface = Diameter Length 3.46 Volume = Square of Diameter Length.7854 CONE rea of Curved Surface = Diameter of Base Slant Height.5708 Volume = Diameter of Base Squared Perpendicular Height.268 or rea of Base /3 Perpendicular Height PYRMID Lateral Surface rea (not incl. base) = Perimeter of Base Slant Height Volume = rea of Base /3 Perpendicular Height K2

307 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 6/6M Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes and Sheet Piling Structurals, Plates & Bars General requirements only, for W, M, S, HP, C, MC, L, Plates and Bars 27/27M Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General pplication Miscellaneous Steel Castings 36/36M Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel Structurals, Plates & Bars M, S, HP, C, MC, L, Plates, Bars (also covers, but is no longer common for WShapes; see 992) 53/53M Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and HotDipped, ZincCoated, Welded and Seamless Tubing & Pipe Pipe (not HSS; see 500) 05/05M0a Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping pplications Fittings & Flanges Forged carbon steel piping components flanges, fittings, valves and similar parts, for use in pressure systems at ambient and highertemperature service conditions 06/06M Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for HighTemperature Service Tubing & Pipe Pipes that are suitable for welding, bending, flanging and similar forming operations 08 Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and lloy, ColdFinished Bars Bars for heat treatment, machining, shafting or in constructional applications 23/23M Standard Specification for Zinc (HotDipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products Miscellaneous HotDip Galvanizing for members 35/35M Standard Specification for ElectricResistanceWelded Steel Pipe Tubing & Pipe Two grades intended for conveying gas, vapor, water or other liquid 48/48M Standard Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural Purposes Miscellaneous Steel Castings 53/53M Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware Miscellaneous HotDip Galvanizing for Hardware 6799 Standard Specification for Stainless and HeatResisting ChromiumNickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip Stainless Steel Stainless and heatresisting chromiumnickel Steel plate, sheet and strip not covered in STM 240/240M 7699 Standard Specification for Stainless and HeatResisting Chromium Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip Stainless Steel Stainless and heatresisting chromium steel plate, sheet and strip not covered in STM 240/240M K3

308 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product 82/82M Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled lloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, Valves and Parts for HighTemperature Service Fittings & Flanges Scope (What It Covers) Forged low alloy and stainless steel piping components for use in pressure systems 93/93M Standard Specification for lloysteel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for HighTemperature or High Pressure Service Fasteners Bolts for hightemperature applications 94/94M Standard Specification for Carbon and lloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or HighTemperature Service, or Both Fasteners Nuts for hightemperature applications 23/23M Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and ustenitic lloysteel Boiler, Superheater and HeatEchanger Tubes Stainless Steel Seamless ferritic and austenitic steel boiler, superheater and heatechanger tubes. Tubes shall be either hot finished or cold finished, as specified 234/234M Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and lloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service Fittings & Flanges Wrought carbon steel and alloy fittings of seamless and welded construction for use in pressure piping and in pressure vessel fabrication for service at moderate and elevated temperatures 240/240M Standard Specification for Chromium and ChromiumNickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip Stainless Steel Stainless plate, sheet and strip for pressure vessels and general applications 242/242M Standard Specification for HighStrength Lowlloy Structural Steel Structurals, Plates & Bars Weathering steel for shapes, plates and bars 249/249M0a Standard Specification for Welded ustenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater, HeatEchanger and Condenser Tubes Stainless Steel Various grades of nominalwallthickness welded tubes and heavily cold worked welded tubes intended for use in a boiler, superheater, heat echanger or condenser 252 Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles Tubing & Pipe Pipe that acts as a permanent loadcarrying member or as a shell to form castinplace concrete piles 268/268M0 Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service Stainless Steel number of grades of nominalwallthickness, welded ferritic and martensitic stainless steel tubing for general corrosionresisting and hightemperature service 2690 Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded ustenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service Stainless Steel Various grades of nominalwallthickness, seamless and welded austenitic steel tubing for general corrosionresisting and low or hightemperature service K4

309 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 270/270M0 Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded ustenitic Stainless Steel Sanitary Tubing Stainless Steel Grades of seamless, welded, and heavily cold worked austenitic and ferritic/austenitic stainless steel sanitary tubing intended for use in the dairy and food industry and having special surface finishes. Pharmaceutical quality may be requested, as a supplementary requirement 2760 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes Stainless Steel Various shapes of hotfinished or coldfinished bars, ecept bars for reforging 283/283M Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates Plates Plates 285/285M Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Lowand Intermediate Tensile Strength Plates Plates that are intended for fusionwelded pressure vessels 295/295M09 Standard Specification for HighCarbon ntifriction Bearing Steel Bars Bearingquality steel to be used in the manufacture of antifriction bearings 307 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength Fasteners Bolts and anchor rods 308/308M0 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Terne (LeadTin lloy) Coated by the HotDip Process Sheets & Coil Coils and cut lengths coated with leadtin alloy by the hotdip process 3/3M04 Standard Specification for ColdDrawn, StressRelieved Carbon Steel Bars Subject to Mechanical Property Requirements Bars Various classes, grades and conditions 32/32M Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded and Heavily Cold Worked ustenitic Stainless Steel Pipes Stainless Steel Pipe that is intended for hightemperature and general corrosive service Standard Specification for Steel Bars, lloy, Standard Grades Bars Hotwrought alloy steel bars 325 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 20/05 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength Fasteners HighStrength Bolts (not anchor rods; see F554) K5

310 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product 325M Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength (Metric) Fasteners Metric HighStrength Bolts Scope (What It Covers) 333/333M Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for LowTemperature Service Tubing & Pipe Carbon and alloy steel pipe intended for use at low temperatures 335/335M Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic lloysteel Pipe for HighTemperature Service Tubing & Pipe Ferritic alloysteel pipe intended for use at high temperatures 350/350M0 Standard Specification for Carbon and Lowlloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components Fittings & Flanges Several grades of carbon and lowalloy steel forged or ringrolled flanges, forged fittings and valves intended primarily for lowtemperature service and requiring notch toughness testing 354 Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered lloy Steel Bolts, Studs and other Eternally Threaded Fasteners Fasteners Bolts and anchor rods 370 Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products Testing Mechanical testing of steel 376/376M06 Standard Specification for Seamless ustenitic Steel Pipe for HighTemperature CentralStation Service Stainless Steel Various grades of pipe intended for hightemperature centralstation service 387/387M Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, lloy Steel, ChromiumMolybdenum Plates Plates for welded boilers and pressure vessels designed for elevated temperature service 4003M0 Standard Specification for Wrought ustenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings Fittings & Flanges Wrought austenitic stainless steel fittings for pressure piping applications 420/420M0a Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and lloy Steel for LowTemperature Service Fittings & Flanges Wrought carbon steel and alloy steel pipe fittings of seamless and welded construction for use in pressure piping and pressure vessel service at low temperatures 424/424M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, for Porcelain Enameling Sheets & Coils Sheet steel in coils and cut lengths for porcelain enameling Standard Specification for Steel Bars, lloy, HotWrought or ColdFinished, Quenched and Tempered Bars Hotwrought and coldfinished quenched and tempered alloy steel bars 435/435M Standard Specification for StraightBeam Ultrasonic Eamination of Steel Plates Testing Ultrasonic testing K6

311 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 449 Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs Fasteners Bolts and anchor rods 4663M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, luminumcoated, by the HotDip Process Sheets & Coils Coils and cut lengths with two types of aluminum coating and several coating weights 479/479M0a Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes for Use in Boilers and Other Pressure Vessels Stainless Steel Various hotfinished or coldfinished shapes for use in boiler and pressure vessel construction 480/480Ma Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat Rolled Stainless and HeatResisting Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip Stainless Steel General requirements for flatrolled stainless and heatresisting steel plate, sheet and strip 490 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, lloy Steel,Heat Treated, 50 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength Fasteners HighStrength Bolts (not anchor rods; see F554) 490M Standard Specification for HighStrength Steel Bolts, Classes 0.9 and for Structural Steel Joints (Metric) Fasteners Metric HighStrength Bolts 500/500M Standard Specification for ColdFormed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes Tubing & Pipe Round, Rectangular and Square HSS (not pipe; see 53) 50 Standard Specification for HotFormed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing Tubing & Pipe Rectangular, round and square HSS (not pipe; see 53) 5206 Standard Specification for ColdDrawn Buttweld Carbon Steel Mechanical Tubing Tubing & Pipe Rectangular, round, square or special shape mechanical tubing 53 Standard Specification for ElectricResistanceWelded Carbon and lloy Steel Mechanical Tubing Tubing & Pipe Rectangular, round, square and special shape tubing made from hot or cold rolled steel 54/54M Standard Specification for HighYield Strength, Quenched and Tempered lloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding Plates Plates 55/55M Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for IntermediateandHigherTemperature Service Plates Plates primarily intended for use in welded boilers and other pressure vessels K7

312 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 56/56M Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for ModerateandLowerTemperature Service Plates Plates primarily intended for use in welded pressure vessels where improved notch toughness is important 59 Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon and lloy Steel Mechanical Tubing Tubing & Pipe Several grades of carbon and alloy mechanical tubing, either hotfinished or coldfinished 529/529M Standard Specification for HighStrength CarbonManganese Steel of Structural Quality Structurals, Plates & Bars Shapes, plates and bars 5540 Standard Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing Stainless Steel Mechanical applications where appearance, mechanical properties or corrosion resistance is needed 563 Standard Specification for Carbon and lloy Steel Nuts Fasteners Nuts 564/5640 Standard Specification for HotRolled and ColdFinished gehardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes Stainless Steel Various hotfinished or coldfinished shapes of agehardening stainless steel 568/568M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Structural and HighStrength, Lowlloy, HotRolled and ColdRolled Sheets & Coils General requirements for steel sheets in coils and cut lengths 572/572M Standard Specification for HighStrength, Lowlloy, ColumbiumVanadium Structural Steel Structurals, Plates & Bars M, S, HP, C, MC, L, Plates, Bars (also covers, but is no longer common for WShapes; see 992) Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, MGrades Bars Hotwrought merchant quality carbon steel bars produced to a chemical composition 57690b Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, HotWrought, Special Quality Bars Hotwrought special quality carbon steel bars 578/578M Standard Specification for StraightBeam Ultrasonic Eamination of Rolled Steel Plates for Special pplications Testing Ultrasonic testing 582/582M05 Standard Specification for FreeMachining Stainless Steel Bars Stainless Steel Various shapes of hotfinished or coldfinished bars, ecept bars for forging, suitable for machining processes. 588/588M Standard Specification for HighStrength, Lowlloy, Structural Steel, up to 50 ksi [345MPa] Minimum Yield Point with tmospheric Corrosion Resistance Structurals, Plates & Bars Weathering Steel for W, M, SW, HP, C, MC, L, Plates & Bars K8

313 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 589/589M Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon Steel WaterWell Pipe Tubing & Pipe Four specific types of pipe for use in water wells 606/606M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, HighStrength, Lowlloy, HotRolled and ColdRolled, with Improved tmospheric Corrosion Resistance Sheets & Coil Coils and cut lengths of sheet and strip for structural and miscellaneous purposes 65/65M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Specialty Products Various grades in cut lengths and coils 68/68M Standard Specification for HotFormed Welded and Seamless HighStrength Lowlloy Structural Tubing Tubing & Pipe Rectangular, round and square HSS (not pipe; see 53) 635/635M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, HeavyThickness Coils, HotRolled, lloy, Carbon, Structural, HighStrength Lowlloy and HighStrength Lowlloy with Improved Formability Sheets & Coil General requirements for heavy thickness sheet and strip coils 653/653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, ZincCoated (Galvanized) or ZincIron lloycoated (Galvannealed) by the HotDip Process Sheets & Coils Coated steel sheet in coils and cut lengths 656/656M Standard Specification for HotRolled Structural Steel, HighStrength Lowlloy Plate with Improved Formability Plates Three types and four strength grades of hot rolled structural steel plate with improved formability 6660 Standard Specification for nnealed or ColdWorked ustenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate and Flat Bar Stainless Steel Different shapes in the annealed and normally required coldworked conditions 668/668M Standard Specification for Steel Forgings, Carbon and lloy, for General Industrial Use Miscellaneous Standard requirements for untreated and heattreated carbon and alloy steel forgings for general industrial use 673/673M Standard Specification for Sampling Procedure for Impact Testing of Structural Steel Testing CVN testing 6808 Standard Specification for Tool Steels lloy Specialty Products Chemical, mechanical and physical requirements for available wrought alloy tool steel products K9

314 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) Standard Specification for PrecipitationHardening Stainless and HeatResisting Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip Stainless Steel Precipitationhardening stainless steel plate, sheet and strip 694/694M08 Standard Specification for Carbon and lloy Steel Forgings for Pipe Flanges, Fittings, Valves and Parts for HighPressure Transmission Service Fittings & Flanges Forged or rolled steel pipe flanges, forged fittings, valves and parts suitable for use with highstrength transmissionservice pipe 709/709M Standard Specification for Carbon and HighStrength Lowlloy Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars and QuenchedandTempered lloy Structural Steel Plates for Bridges Structurals, Plates & Bars Shapes, Plates and Bars for Bridges 73990a Standard Specification for Steel Bars, lloy, HotWrought, for Elevated Temperature or PressureContaining Parts, or Both Bars Ferritic alloy steel bars for elevated temperature or pressurecontaining parts suitable for fusion welding or both 759 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Crane Rails Structurals Crane rails 770/770M Standard Specification for ThroughThickness Tension Testing of Steel Plates for Special pplications Testing Throughthickness tension testing 774/774M09 Standard Specification for swelded Wrought ustenitic Stainless Steel Fittings for General Corrosive Service at Low and Moderate Temperatures Fittings & Flanges Five grades of aswelded, wrought austenitic stainless steel fittings for lowpressure piping and for low and moderate temperatures and general corrosive service 7780 Standard Specification for Welded, Unannealed ustenitic Stainless Steel Tubular Products Stainless Steel Intended for low and moderate temperatures and corrosive service where treatment is not necessary for corrosion resistance 780/780M Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated reas of HotDip Galvanized Coatings Miscellaneous Repair of damaged hotdip galvanized coatings 786/786M Standard Specification for Hot Rolled Carbon, Lowlloy, HighStrength Lowlloy and lloy Steel Floor Plates Plates Checkered floor plate 789/789M0a Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic/ ustenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service Stainless Steel Grades of nominal wall thickness, stainless steel tubing for services requiring general corrosion resistance, with particular emphasis on resistance to stress corrosion cracking. These steels are susceptible to embrittlement if used for prolonged periods at elevated temperatures K20

315 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 792/792M0 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% luminum Zinc lloycoated by the HotDip Process Sheets & Coils Coils and cut lengths for applications requiring corrosion resistance or heat resistance or both Standard Specification for Rolled Floor Plate, Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Standard for stainless steel floor plates 85/85M0a Standard Specification for Wrought Ferritic, Ferritic/ ustenitic and Martensitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings Fittings & Flanges Two general classes, WP and CR, of wrought ferritic, ferritic/ austenitic and martensitic stainless steel fittings of seamless and welded construction 829/829M06 Standard Specification for lloy Structural Steel Plates Plates lloy structural steel plates 830/830M Standard Specification for Plates, Carbon Steel, Structural Quality, Furnished to Chemical Composition Requirements Plates Carbon steel plates in standard and nonstandard grades 847 Standard Specification for ColdFormed Welded and Seamless HighStrength, Lowlloy Structural Tubing with Improved tmospheric Corrosion Resistance Tubing & Pipe Weathering steel for Rectangular, Round and Square HSS (not pipe) 852/852M Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Low lloy Structural Steel Plate with 70 ksi [485MPa] Minimum Yield Strength to 4 in. [00 mm] Thick Plates Plates 858/858M0a Standard Specification for HeatTreated Carbon Steel Fittings for LowTemperature and Corrosive Service Fittings & Flanges Heattreated wrought carbon steel piping fittings with lowered carbon content of seamless and electric fusionwelded construction for lowtemperature and corrosive service applications 860/860M0 Standard Specification for Wrought HighStrength Low lloy Steel ButtWelding Fittings Fittings & Flanges Wrought highstrength lowalloy buttwelding steel fittings of seamless and electric fusionwelded construction for applications in highpressure gas and oil transmission and distribution systems 879/879M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated by the Electrolytic Process for pplications Requiring Designation of the Coating Mass on Each Surface Sheets & Coils Requirements for zinc coatings applied by the electrolytic process to any grade of hotrolled or coldrolled steel sheets K2

316 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 93/93M Standard Specification for HighStrength Lowlloy Steel Shapes of Structural Quality, Produced by Quenching and SelfTempering Process (QST) Structurals W, M, S, HP, C, MC, L, (not all shapes possible; contact manufacturer) 924/924M0a Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, MetallicCoated by the HotDip Process Sheets & Coils Coils and cut lengths, metalliccoated on continuous lines by the hotdip process 992/992M Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes Structurals W (also covers, but is not yet common in, M,, HP, C, MC, & L) 960/960M0 999/99904a 008/008M 0/0M Standard Specification for Common Requirements for Wrought Steel Piping Fittings Standard Specification for General Requirements for lloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, ColdRolled, Carbon, Structural, HighStrength Lowlloy, HighStrength Low lloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened and Bake Hardenable Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot Rolled, Carbon, Structural, HighStrength Lowlloy, High Strength Lowlloy with Improved Formability and UltraHigh Strength Fittings & Flanges Stainless Steel Sheets & Coils Sheets & Coils Common requirements that shall apply to wrought steel piping fittings. The material shall consist of forgings, bars, plates and seamless or welded tubular products General requirements refer to individual product specifications for special requirements Coils and cut lengths in various designations Sheet and strip in coils and cut lengths 08/08M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy Thickness Coils, HotRolled, Carbon, Commercial, Drawing, Structural, HighStrength Lowlloy, HighStrength Low lloy with Improved Formability and UltraHigh Strength Sheets & Coils Heavythickness steel sheet and strip coils B30 Standard Specification for Soft or nnealed Copper Wire Brass, Bronze and Copper Drawn and annealed or soft round bare copper wire for electrical purposes K22

317 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) B6/B6M0 Standard Specification for FreeCutting Brass Rod, Bar and Shapes for Use in Screw Machines Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for Copper lloy UNS C36000 suitable for highspeed screw machining applications and moderate thread rolling B2/B2M06 Standard Specification for Naval Brass Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C46200, C46400, C47940, C48200 and C48500 B36/B36M08a Standard Specification for Brass Plate, Sheet, Strip and Rolled Bar Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C2000, C22000, C22600, C23000, C24000, C26000, C26800, C27200 and C28000 B420 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Brass, Bronze and Copper Nominal pipe sizes, both regular and etrastrong, suitable for use in plumbing, boiler feed lines and for similar purposes B4309 Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass pipe, Standard Sizes Brass, Bronze and Copper Nominal pipe sizes, both regular and etrastrong in various tempers B68/B68M Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright nnealed Brass, Bronze and Copper Seamless tube suitable for use in refrigeration, oil lines, gasoline lines, and so forth, where tube with an interior surface essentially free from scale and dirt is required B7502 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube Brass, Bronze and Copper Seamless rectangular, round and square copper alloy tube suitable for general engineering applications B007 Standard Specification for LeadCoated Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction Brass, Bronze and Copper Flat lengths or coils of ounceweight thickness for roofing, flashing, gutters, downspouts and general sheet metal work in building construction B03/B03M0 Standard Specification for Phosphor Bronze Plate, Sheet, Strip and Rolled Bar Brass, Bronze and Copper lloys of coppertin (phosphor bronze plate), coppertinlead (leaded phosphor bronze) and coppertinleadzinc (bearing bronze) B2/B2M0 Standard Specification for Leaded Brass Plate, Sheet, Strip and Rolled Bar Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C33500, C34000, C34500, C35000, C35300 and C35600 K23

318 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) B34/B34M08 Standard Specification for Brass Wire Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for heagonal, octagonal, rectangular, round and square brass wire of UNS lloy C2000, C22000, C22600, C23000, C24000, C26000, C27000 and C27400 B350 Standard Specification for Seamless Brass Tube Brass, Bronze and Copper Seamless rectangular, round and square copper alloy tube in straight lengths in various tempers B39/B39M07 Standard Specification for Phosphor Bronze Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C5000, C5200, C52400, C53400 and C54400 B40/B40M07 Standard Specification for CopperZincLead (Red Brass or Hardware Bronze) Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C3400, C3600 and C32000 used for screw machine applications B50/B50M08 Standard Specification for luminum Bronze Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C6300, C6400, C6900, C62300, C62400, C63000, C63020, C63200, C64200, and C6420 B5/B5M05 Standard Specification for CopperNickelZinc lloy (Nickel Silver) and CopperNickel Rod and Bar Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C70600, C70620, C7500, C7520, C74500, C75200, C75700, C76400, C77000 and C79200 B52/B52M09 Standard Specification for Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate and Rolled Bar Brass, Bronze and Copper Various copper alloys used to produce sheet, strip, plate and rolled bar B7/B7Me Standard Specification for Copperlloy Plate and Sheet for Pressure Vessels, Condensers and Heat Echangers Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C36500, C44300, C44400, C44500, C46400, C46500, C6300, C6400, C63000, C63200, C70600, C70620, C7500, C7520 and C72200 B87/B87M Standard Specification for Copper, Bus Bar, Rod, Shapes and General Purpose Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for copper conductor bars and shapes for both electrical (bus) and general applications B209 Standard Specification for luminum and luminumlloy luminum Coiled sheet, flat sheet and plate in various alloys, tempers and finishes K24

319 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) B2004 Standard Specification for luminum and luminumlloy Drawn Seamless Tubes luminum Seamless tubes in straight lengths and coils for general purpose and pressure applications B203 Standard Specification for luminum and luminumlloy Bar, Rod and Wire luminum Bar, rod and wire in various alloys, tempers and finishes B2208 Standard Specification for luminum and luminumlloy Etruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles and Tubes luminum Etruded shapes in various alloys, tempers and finishes B24B24M0 Standard Specification for luminum and luminumlloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Etruded Tube luminum Various alloys of seamless pipe and seamless etruded tube B30/B30M08 Standard Specification for FreeCutting Copper Rod, Bar, Wire and Shapes Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C4500, C450, C4520, C4700 and C8700 suitable for highspeed screw machine work or for general applications B308/B308M0 Standard Specification for luminumlloy 606T6 Standard Structural Profiles luminum Limited to Ibeams, Hbeams, channels, angles, tees and zees, which shall be produced by hot etruding only B37/B37M07 Standard Specification for luminumlloy Etruded Bar, Rod, Tube, Pipe, Structural Profiles and Profiles for Electrical Purposes (Bus Conductor) luminum 60 aluminumalloy in selected tempers for use as electrical conductors B37009 Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction Brass, Bronze and Copper Flat lengths or coils of ounceweight thickness for roofing, flashing, gutters, downspouts and general sheet metal work in building construction B429/B429M0 Standard Specification for luminumlloy Etruded Structural Pipe and Tube luminum 606 and 6063 etruded pipes and tubes intended for use in structural applications B453/B453M08 Standard Specification for CopperZincLead lloy (Leaded Brass) Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C33500, C34000, C34500, C35000, C35300 and C35600 B505/B505M0 Standard Specification for Copper lloy Continuous Cast Brass, Bronze and Copper Requirements for continuously cast rod, bar, tube and shapes produced from copper alloys with nominal compositions K25

320 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) B632/B632M08 Standard Specification for luminumlloy Rolled Tread Plate luminum luminumalloy rolled tread plate in various alloys, tempers and finishes B695 Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel Miscellaneous Mechanical Galvanizing E94 Standard Guide for Radiographic Eamination Testing Radiographic testing E65 Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Eamination for General Industry Testing Dyepenetrant testing E709 Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing Testing Magnetic particle testing E032 Standard test Method for Radiographic Eamination of Weldments Testing Magnetic particle testing F436 Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers Fasteners Washers F959 Standard Specification for CompressibleWasherType Direct Tension Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners Fasteners DTI Washers F26707 Standard Specification for Metal, Epanded, Steel Specialty Products Epanded metal shall be made from commercial steel, carbon steel sheets or from stainless steel sheets. Type Iepanded or Type IIepanded and flattened Class uncoated, Class 2 hotdip zinc uncoated or Class 3corrosion resisting steel, Grade and Grade B F554 Standard Specification for nchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55 and 05 ksi Yield Strength Fasteners nchor Rods F852 Standard Specification for TwistOff Type Tension Control Structural Bolt/Washer ssemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 20/05 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength Fasteners Twistoff type tension control bolts in 325 strength level K26

321 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 759 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Crane Rails Structurals Crane rails 93/93M Standard Specification for HighStrength Lowlloy Steel Shapes of Structural Quality, Produced by Quenching and SelfTempering Process (QST) Structurals W, M, S, HP, C, MC, L, (not all shapes possible; contact manufacturer) 992/992M Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes Structurals W (also covers, but is not yet common in, M,, HP, C, MC, & L) 6/6M Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes and Sheet Piling Structurals, Plates & Bars General requirements only, for W, M, S, HP, C, MC, L, Plates and Bars 36/36M Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel Structurals, Plates & Bars M, S, HP, C, MC, L, Plates, Bars (also covers, but is no longer common for WShapes; see 992) 242/242M Standard Specification for HighStrength Lowlloy Structural Steel Structurals, Plates & Bars Weathering steel for shapes, plates and bars 529/529M Standard Specification for HighStrength CarbonManganese Steel of Structural Quality Structurals, Plates & Bars Shapes, plates and bars 572/572M Standard Specification for HighStrength, Lowlloy, ColumbiumVanadium Structural Steel Structurals, Plates & Bars M, S, HP, C, MC, L, Plates, Bars (also covers, but is no longer common for WShapes; see 992) 588/588M Standard Specification for HighStrength, Lowlloy, Structural Steel, up to 50 ksi [345MPa] Minimum Yield Point with tmospheric Corrosion Resistance Structurals, Plates & Bars Weathering Steel for W, M, SW, HP, C, MC, L, Plates & Bars 709/709M Standard Specification for Carbon and HighStrength Lowlloy Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars and QuenchedandTempered lloy Structural Steel Plates for Bridges Structurals, Plates & Bars Shapes, Plates and Bars for Bridges 08 Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and lloy, ColdFinished Bars Bars for heat treatment, machining, shafting or in constructional applications K27

322 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 295/295M09 Standard Specification for HighCarbon ntifriction Bearing Steel Bars Bearingquality steel to be used in the manufacture of antifriction bearings 3/3M04 Standard Specification for ColdDrawn, StressRelieved Carbon Steel Bars Subject to Mechanical Property Requirements Bars Various classes, grades and conditions Standard Specification for Steel Bars, lloy, Standard Grades Bars Hotwrought alloy steel bars Standard Specification for Steel Bars, lloy, HotWrought or ColdFinished, Quenched and Tempered Bars Hotwrought and coldfinished quenched and tempered alloy steel bars Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, MGrades Bars Hotwrought merchant quality carbon steel bars produced to a chemical composition 57690b Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, HotWrought, Special Quality Bars Hotwrought special quality carbon steel bars 73990a Standard Specification for Steel Bars, lloy, HotWrought, for Elevated Temperature or PressureContaining Parts, or Both Bars Ferritic alloy steel bars for elevated temperature or pressurecontaining parts suitable for fusion welding or both 283/283M Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates Plates Plates 285/285M Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Lowand Intermediate Tensile Strength Plates Plates that are intended for fusionwelded pressure vessels 387/387M Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, lloy Steel, ChromiumMolybdenum Plates Plates for welded boilers and pressure vessels designed for elevated temperature service 54/54M Standard Specification for HighYield Strength, Quenched and Tempered lloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding Plates Plates K28

323 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 55/55M Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for IntermediateandHigherTemperature Service Plates Plates primarily intended for use in welded boilers and other pressure vessels 56/56M Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for ModerateandLowerTemperature Service Plates Plates primarily intended for use in welded pressure vessels where improved notch toughness is important 656/656M Standard Specification for HotRolled Structural Steel, HighStrength Lowlloy Plate with Improved Formability Plates Three types and four strength grades of hot rolled structural steel plate with improved formability 786/786M Standard Specification for Hot Rolled Carbon, Lowlloy, HighStrength Lowlloy and lloy Steel Floor Plates Plates Checkered floor plate 829/829M06 Standard Specification for lloy Structural Steel Plates Plates lloy structural steel plates 830/830M Standard Specification for Plates, Carbon Steel, Structural Quality, Furnished to Chemical Composition Requirements Plates Carbon steel plates in standard and nonstandard grades 852/852M Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Lowlloy Structural Steel Plate with 70 ksi [485MPa] Minimum Yield Strength to 4 in. [00 mm] Thick Plates Plates 308/308M0 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Terne (LeadTin lloy) Coated by the HotDip Process Sheets & Coils Coils and cut lengths coated with leadtin alloy by the hotdip process 424/424M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, for Porcelain Enameling Sheets & Coils Sheet steel in coils and cut lengths for porcelain enameling 4663M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, luminumcoated, by the HotDip Process Sheets & Coils Coils and cut lengths with two types of aluminum coating and several coating weights 568/568M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Structural and HighStrength, Lowlloy, HotRolled and ColdRolled Sheets & Coils General requirements for steel sheets in coils and cut lengths K29

324 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 606/606M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, HighStrength, Lowlloy, HotRolled and ColdRolled, with Improved tmospheric Corrosion Resistance Sheets & Coils Coils and cut lengths of sheet and strip for structural and miscellaneous purposes 635/635M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, HeavyThickness Coils, HotRolled, lloy, Carbon, Structural, HighStrength Lowlloy and HighStrength Lowlloy with Improved Formability Sheets & Coils General requirements for heavy thickness sheet and strip coils 653/653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, ZincCoated (Galvanized) or ZincIron lloycoated (Galvannealed) by the HotDip Process Sheets & Coils Coated steel sheet in coils and cut lengths 792/792M0 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% luminumzinc lloycoated by the HotDip Process Sheets & Coils Coils and cut lengths for applications requiring corrosion resistance or heat resistance or both 879/879M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated by the Electrolytic Process for pplications Requiring Designation of the Coating Mass on Each Surface Sheets & Coils Requirements for zinc coatings applied by the electrolytic process to any grade of hotrolled or coldrolled steel sheets 924/924M0a Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, MetallicCoated by the HotDip Process Sheets & Coils Coils and cut lengths, metalliccoated on continuous lines by the hotdip process 008/008M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, ColdRolled, Carbon, Structural, HighStrength Lowlloy, HighStrength Low lloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened and Bake Hardenable Sheets & Coils Coils and cut lengths in various designations 0/0M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot Rolled, Carbon, Structural, HighStrength Lowlloy, High Strength Lowlloy with Improved Formability and UltraHigh Strength Sheets & Coils Sheet and strip in coils and cut lengths K30

325 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 08/08M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy Thickness Coils, HotRolled, Carbon, Commercial, Drawing, Structural, HighStrength Lowlloy, HighStrength Low lloy with Improved Formability and UltraHigh Strength Sheets & Coils Heavythickness steel sheet and strip coils 53/53M Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and HotDipped, ZincCoated, Welded and Seamless Tubing & Pipe Pipe (not HSS; see 500) 06/06M Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for HighTemperature Service Tubing & Pipe Pipes that are suitable for welding, bending, flanging and similar forming operations 35/35M Standard Specification for ElectricResistanceWelded Steel Pipe Tubing & Pipe Two grades intended for conveying gas, vapor, water or other liquid 252 Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles Tubing & Pipe Pipe that acts as a permanent loadcarrying member or as a shell to form castinplace concrete piles 333/333M Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for LowTemperature Service Tubing & Pipe Carbon and alloy steel pipe intended for use at low temperatures 335/335M Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic lloysteel Pipe for HighTemperature Service Tubing & Pipe Ferritic alloysteel pipe intended for use at high temperatures 500/500M Standard Specification for ColdFormed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes Tubing & Pipe Round, Rectangular and Square HSS (not pipe; see 53) 50 Standard Specification for HotFormed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing Tubing & Pipe Rectangular, round and square HSS (not pipe; see 53) 5206 Standard Specification for ColdDrawn Buttweld Carbon Steel Mechanical Tubing Tubing & Pipe Rectangular, round, square or special shape mechanical tubing K3

326 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product 53 Standard Specification for ElectricResistanceWelded Carbon and lloy Steel Mechanical Tubing Tubing & Pipe Scope (What It Covers) Rectangular, round, square and special shape tubing made from hot or cold rolled steel 59 Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon and lloy Steel Mechanical Tubing Tubing & Pipe Several grades of carbon and alloy mechanical tubing, either hotfinished or coldfinished 589/589M Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon Steel WaterWell Pipe Tubing & Pipe Four specific types of pipe for use in water wells 68/68M Standard Specification for HotFormed Welded and Seamless HighStrength Lowlloy Structural Tubing Tubing & Pipe Rectangular, round and square HSS (not pipe; see 53) 847 Standard Specification for ColdFormed Welded and Seamless HighStrength, Lowlloy Structural Tubing with Improved tmospheric Corrosion Resistance Tubing & Pipe Weathering steel for Rectangular, Round and Square HSS (not pipe) 05/05M0a Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping pplications Fittings & Flanges Forged carbon steel piping components flanges, fittings, valves and similar parts, for use in pressure systems at ambient and highertemperature service conditions 82/82M Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled lloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, Valves and Parts for HighTemperature Service Fittings & Flanges Forged low alloy and stainless steel piping components for use in pressure systems 234/234M Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and lloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service Fittings & Flanges Wrought carbon steel and alloy fittings of seamless and welded construction for use in pressure piping and in pressure vessel fabrication for service at moderate and elevated temperatures 350/350M0 Standard Specification for Carbon and Lowlloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components Fittings & Flanges Several grades of carbon and lowalloy steel forged or ringrolled flanges, forged fittings and valves intended primarily for lowtemperature service and requiring notch toughness testing 4003M0 Standard Specification for Wrought ustenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings Fittings & Flanges Wrought austenitic stainless steel fittings for pressure piping applications K32

327 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 420/420M0a Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and lloy Steel for LowTemperature Service Fittings & Flanges Wrought carbon steel and alloy steel pipe fittings of seamless and welded construction for use in pressure piping and pressure vessel service at low temperatures 694/694M08 Standard Specification for Carbon and lloy Steel Forgings for Pipe Flanges, Fittings, Valves and Parts for HighPressure Transmission Service Fittings & Flanges Forged or rolled steel pipe flanges, forged fittings, valves and parts suitable for use with highstrength transmissionservice pipe 774/774M09 Standard Specification for swelded Wrought ustenitic Stainless Steel Fittings for General Corrosive Service at Low and Moderate Temperatures Fittings & Flanges Five grades of aswelded, wrought austenitic stainless steel fittings for lowpressure piping and for low and moderate temperatures and general corrosive service 85/85M0a Standard Specification for Wrought Ferritic, Ferritic/ ustenitic and Martensitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings Fittings & Flanges Two general classes, WP and CR, of wrought ferritic, ferritic/ austenitic and martensitic stainless steel fittings of seamless and welded construction 858/858M0a Standard Specification for HeatTreated Carbon Steel Fittings for LowTemperature and Corrosive Service Fittings & Flanges Heattreated wrought carbon steel piping fittings with lowered carbon content of seamless and electric fusionwelded construction for lowtemperature and corrosive service applications 860/860M0 Standard Specification for Wrought HighStrength Lowlloy Steel ButtWelding Fittings Fittings & Flanges Wrought highstrength lowalloy buttwelding steel fittings of seamless and electric fusionwelded construction for applications in highpressure gas and oil transmission and distribution systems 960/960M0 Standard Specification for Common Requirements for Wrought Steel Piping Fittings Fittings & Flanges Common requirements that shall apply to wrought steel piping fittings. The material shall consist of forgings, bars, plates and seamless or welded tubular products 6799 Standard Specification for Stainless and HeatResisting ChromiumNickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip Stainless Steel Stainless and heatresisting chromiumnickel Steel plate, sheet and strip not covered in STM 240/240M 7699 Standard Specification for Stainless and HeatResisting Chromium Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip Stainless Steel Stainless and heatresisting chromium steel plate, sheet and strip not covered in STM 240/240M 23/23M Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and ustenitic lloysteel Boiler, Superheater and HeatEchanger Tubes Stainless Steel Seamless ferritic and austenitic steel boiler, superheater and heatechanger tubes. Tubes shall be either hot finished or cold finished, as specified K33

328 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product 240/240M Standard Specification for Chromium and ChromiumNickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip Stainless Steel Scope (What It Covers) Stainless plate, sheet and strip for pressure vessels and general applications 249/249M0a Standard Specification for Welded ustenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater, HeatEchanger and Condenser Tubes Stainless Steel Various grades of nominalwallthickness welded tubes and heavily cold worked welded tubes intended for use in a boiler, superheater, heat echanger or condenser 268/268M0 Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service Stainless Steel number of grades of nominalwallthickness, welded ferritic and martensitic stainless steel tubing for general corrosionresisting and hightemperature service 2690 Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded ustenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service Stainless Steel Various grades of nominalwallthickness, seamless and welded austenitic steel tubing for general corrosionresisting and low or hightemperature service 270/270M0 Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded ustenitic Stainless Steel Sanitary Tubing Stainless Steel Grades of seamless, welded, and heavily cold worked austenitic and ferritic/austenitic stainless steel sanitary tubing intended for use in the dairy and food industry and having special surface finishes. Pharmaceutical quality may be requested, as a supplementary requirement 2760 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes Stainless Steel Various shapes of hotfinished or coldfinished bars, ecept bars for reforging 32/32M Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded and Heavily Cold Worked ustenitic Stainless Steel Pipes Stainless Steel Pipe that is intended for hightemperature and general corrosive service 376/376M06 Standard Specification for Seamless ustenitic Steel Pipe for HighTemperature CentralStation Service Stainless Steel Various grades of pipe intended for hightemperature centralstation service 479/479M0a Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes for Use in Boilers and Other Pressure Vessels Stainless Steel Various hotfinished or coldfinished shapes for use in boiler and pressure vessel construction K34

329 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 480/480Ma Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat Rolled Stainless and HeatResisting Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip Stainless Steel General requirements for flatrolled stainless and heatresisting steel plate, sheet and strip 5540 Standard Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing Stainless Steel Mechanical applications where appearance, mechanical properties or corrosion resistance is needed 564/5640 Standard Specification for HotRolled and ColdFinished gehardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes Stainless Steel Various hotfinished or coldfinished shapes of agehardening stainless steel 582/582M05 Standard Specification for FreeMachining Stainless Steel Bars Stainless Steel Various shapes of hotfinished or coldfinished bars, ecept bars for forging, suitable for machining processes Standard Specification for nnealed or ColdWorked ustenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate and Flat Bar Stainless Steel Different shapes in the annealed and normally required coldworked conditions Standard Specification for PrecipitationHardening Stainless and HeatResisting Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip Stainless Steel Precipitationhardening stainless steel plate, sheet and strip 7780 Standard Specification for Welded, Unannealed ustenitic Stainless Steel Tubular Products Stainless Steel Intended for low and moderate temperatures and corrosive service where treatment is not necessary for corrosion resistance 789/7890a Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic/ ustenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service Stainless Steel Grades of nominal wall thickness, stainless steel tubing for services requiring general corrosion resistance, with particular emphasis on resistance to stress corrosion cracking. These steels are susceptible to embrittlement if used for prolonged periods at elevated temperatures Standard Specification for Rolled Floor Plate, Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Standard for stainless steel floor plates 999/99904a Standard Specification for General Requirements for lloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Stainless Steel General requirements refer to individual product specifications for special requirements B209 Standard Specification for luminum and luminumlloy Sheet and Plate luminum Coiled sheet, flat sheet and plate in various alloys, tempers and finishes K35

330 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product B2004 Standard Specification for luminum and luminumlloy Drawn Seamless Tubes luminum Scope (What It Covers) Seamless tubes in straight lengths and coils for general purpose and pressure applications B203 Standard Specification for luminum and luminumlloy Bar, Rod and Wire luminum Bar, rod and wire in various alloys, tempers and finishes B2208 Standard Specification for luminum and luminumlloy Etruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles and Tubes luminum Etruded shapes in various alloys, tempers and finishes B24B24M0 Standard Specification for luminum and luminumlloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Etruded Tube luminum Various alloys of seamless pipe and seamless etruded tube B308/B308M0 Standard Specification for luminumlloy 606T6 Standard Structural Profiles luminum Limited to Ibeams, Hbeams, channels, angles, tees and zees, which shall be produced by hot etruding only B37/B37M07 Standard Specification for luminumlloy Etruded Bar, Rod, Tube, Pipe, Structural Profiles and Profiles for Electrical Purposes (Bus Conductor) luminum 60 aluminumalloy in selected tempers for use as electrical conductors B429/B429M0 Standard Specification for luminumlloy Etruded Structural Pipe and Tube luminum 606 and 6063 etruded pipes and tubes intended for use in structural applications B632/B632M08 Standard Specification for luminumlloy Rolled Tread Plate luminum luminumalloy rolled tread plate in various alloys, tempers and finishes 65/65M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain CarbonSteel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Specialty Products Various grades in cut lengths and coils 6808 Standard Specification for Tool Steels lloy Specialty Products Chemical, mechanical and physical requirements for available wrought alloy tool steel products F26707 Standard Specification for Metal, Epanded, Steel Specialty Products Epanded metal shall be made from commercial steel, carbon steel sheets or from stainless steel sheets. Type Iepanded or Type IIepanded and flattened Class uncoated, Class 2 hotdip zinc uncoated or Class 3corrosion resisting steel, Grade and Grade B K36

331 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) B30 Standard Specification for Soft or nnealed Copper Wire Brass, Bronze, and Copper Drawn and annealed or soft round bare copper wire for electrical purposes B6/B6M0 Standard Specification for FreeCutting Brass Rod, Bar and Shapes for Use in Screw Machines Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for Copper lloy UNS C36000 suitable for highspeed screw machining applications and moderate thread rolling B2/B2M06 Standard Specification for Naval Brass Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C46200, C46400, C47940, C48200 and C48500 B36/B36M08a Standard Specification for Brass Plate, Sheet, Strip and Rolled Bar Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C2000, C22000, C22600, C23000, C24000, C26000, C26800, C27200 and C28000 B420 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Brass, Bronze, and Copper Nominal pipe sizes, both regular and etrastrong, suitable for use in plumbing, boiler feed lines and for similar purposes B4309 Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass pipe, Standard Sizes Brass, Bronze, and Copper Nominal pipe sizes, both regular and etrastrong in various tempers B68/B68M Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright nnealed Brass, Bronze, and Copper Seamless tube suitable for use in refrigeration, oil lines, gasoline lines, and so forth, where tube with an interior surface essentially free from scale and dirt is required B7502 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube Brass, Bronze, and Copper Seamless rectangular, round and square copper alloy tube suitable for general engineering applications B007 Standard Specification for LeadCoated Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction Brass, Bronze, and Copper Flat lengths or coils of ounceweight thickness for roofing, flashing, gutters, downspouts and general sheet metal work in building construction B03/B03M0 Standard Specification for Phosphor Bronze Plate, Sheet, Strip and Rolled Bar Brass, Bronze, and Copper lloys of coppertin (phosphor bronze plate), coppertinlead (leaded phosphor bronze) and coppertinleadzinc (bearing bronze) B2/B2M0 Standard Specification for Leaded Brass Plate, Sheet, Strip and Rolled Bar Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C33500, C34000, C34500, C35000, C35300 and C35600 K37

332 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product B34/B34M08 Standard Specification for Brass Wire Brass, Bronze, and Copper Scope (What It Covers) Requirements for heagonal, octagonal, rectangular, round and square brass wire of UNS lloy C2000, C22000, C22600, C23000, C24000, C26000, C27000 and C27400 B350 Standard Specification for Seamless Brass Tube Brass, Bronze, and Copper Seamless rectangular, round and square copper alloy tube in straight lengths in various tempers B39/B39M07 Standard Specification for Phosphor Bronze Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C5000, C5200, C52400, C53400 and C54400 B40/B40M07 Standard Specification for CopperZincLead (Red Brass or Hardware Bronze) Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C3400, C3600 and C32000 used for screw machine applications B50/B50M08 Standard Specification for luminum Bronze Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C6300, C6400, C6900, C62300, C62400, C63000, C63020, C63200, C64200, and C6420 B5/B5M05 Standard Specification for CopperNickelZinc lloy (Nickel Silver) and CopperNickel Rod and Bar Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C70600, C70620, C7500, C7520, C74500, C75200, C75700, C76400, C77000 and C79200 B52/B52M09 Standard Specification for Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate and Rolled Bar Brass, Bronze, and Copper Various copper alloys used to produce sheet, strip, plate and rolled bar B7/B7Me Standard Specification for Copperlloy Plate and Sheet for Pressure Vessels, Condensers and Heat Echangers Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C36500, C44300, C44400, C44500, C46400, C46500, C6300, C6400, C63000, C63200, C70600, C70620, C7500, C7520 and C72200 B87/B87M Standard Specification for Copper, Bus Bar, Rod, Shapes and General Purpose Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for copper conductor bars and shapes for both electrical (bus) and general applications B30/B30M08 Standard Specification for FreeCutting Copper Rod, Bar, Wire and Shapes Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C4500, C450, C4520, C4700 and C8700 suitable for highspeed screw machine work or for general applications B37009 Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction Brass, Bronze, and Copper Flat lengths or coils of ounceweight thickness for roofing, flashing, gutters, downspouts and general sheet metal work in building construction K38

333 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) B453/B453M08 Standard Specification for CopperZincLead lloy (Leaded Brass) Rod, Bar and Shapes Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for Copper lloys UNS C33500, C34000, C34500, C35000, C35300 and C35600 B505/B505M0 Standard Specification for Copper lloy Continuous Castings Brass, Bronze, and Copper Requirements for continuously cast rod, bar, tube and shapes produced from copper alloys with nominal compositions 93/93M Standard Specification for lloysteel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for HighTemperature or High Pressure Service Fasteners Bolts for hightemperature applications 94/94M Standard Specification for Carbon and lloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or HighTemperature Service, or Both Fasteners Nuts for hightemperature applications 307 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength Fasteners Bolts and anchor rods 325 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 20/05 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength Fasteners HighStrength Bolts (not anchor rods; see F554) 325M Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength (Metric) Fasteners Metric HighStrength Bolts 354 Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered lloy Steel Bolts, Studs and other Eternally Threaded Fasteners Fasteners Bolts and anchor rods 449 Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs Fasteners Bolts and anchor rods 490 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, lloy Steel, Heat Treated, 50 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength Fasteners HighStrength Bolts (not anchor rods; see F554) 490M Standard Specification for HighStrength Steel Bolts, Classes 0.9 and for Structural Steel Joints (Metric) Fasteners Metric HighStrength Bolts 563 Standard Specification for Carbon and lloy Steel Nuts Fasteners Nuts K39

334 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product F436 Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers Fasteners Washers Scope (What It Covers) F959 Standard Specification for CompressibleWasherType Direct Tension Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners Fasteners DTI Washers F554 Standard Specification for nchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55 and 05 ksi Yield Strength Fasteners nchor Rods F852 Standard Specification for TwistOff Type Tension Control Structural Bolt/Washer ssemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 20/05 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength Fasteners Twistoff type tension control bolts in 325 strength level 370 Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products Testing Mechanical testing of steel 435/435M Standard Specification for StraightBeam Ultrasonic Eamination of Steel Plates Testing Ultrasonic testing 578/578M Standard Specification for StraightBeam Ultrasonic Eamination of Rolled Steel Plates for Special pplications Testing Ultrasonic testing 673/673M Standard Specification for Sampling Procedure for Impact Testing of Structural Steel Testing CVN testing 770/770M Standard Specification for ThroughThickness Tension Testing of Steel Plates for Special pplications Testing Throughthickness tension testing E94 Standard Guide for Radiographic Eamination Testing Radiographic testing E65 Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Eamination for General Industry Testing Dyepenetrant testing E709 Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing Testing Magnetic particle testing E032 Standard test Method for Radiographic Eamination of Weldments Testing Magnetic particle testing K40

335 Summary of common STM Standards Sorted by Product, Then STM Standard STM Standard Title Product Scope (What It Covers) 27/27M Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General pplication Miscellaneous Steel Castings 23/23M Standard Specification for Zinc (HotDipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products Miscellaneous HotDip Galvanizing for members 48/48M Standard Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural Purposes Miscellaneous Steel Castings 53/53M Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware Miscellaneous HotDip Galvanizing for Hardware 668/668M Standard Specification for Steel Forgings, Carbon and lloy, for General Industrial Use Miscellaneous Standard requirements for untreated and heattreated carbon and alloy steel forgings for general industrial use 780/780M Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated reas of HotDip Galvanized Coatings Miscellaneous Repair of damaged hotdip galvanized coatings B695 Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel Miscellaneous Mechanical Galvanizing K4

336 Glossary of Terms brasion The process of rubbing, grinding or wearing away by friction. brasion Resistant Sheet and plate suitable for applications where the gradual removal of a surface as a result of contact with another material causes wear. Contact may be by sliding of one metal over another, the grinding of hard particles between metal surfaces, the impact of heavy materials such as rock, or the impact of high velocity dust particles on a metal surface. cetylene Welding Welding by using the acetylene torch for fusing a selected metal (welding rod) in such a position as to fill the space where a junction is to be made. See Welding. cid Lining The inner bottom and lining of a melting furnace composed of materials having an acid reaction if in contact with a molten slag (sand, siliceous rock, or silica bricks). cid Steel Steel melted in a furnace having an acid bottom and lining and under a slag with acid reaction. The term has no reference to the acidity of the steel. ctivation The changing of the passive surface of a metal to a chemically active state. Contrast with passivation. ging The spontaneous change in the properties of a metal usually associated with the recovery of metal from an unstable condition produced by quenching (quenchaging) or by cold working (strainaging). ge hardening and aging are terms commonly used synonymously. See also Precipitation Hardening. ircraft Quality Denotes material for important or highly stressed parts of aircraft and for other similar purposes; such materials are of etremely high quality requiring closely controlled, restrictive and special practices in their manufacture. ir Hardening (ir Quenching) hardening process wherein the steel, heated to the hardening temperature and cooled in air. Unless steel is high in carbon or alloy, or both, it will not show much increase in hardness when air hardened. ISI bbreviation for merican Iron and Steel Institute. lclad Composite sheet produced by bonding either corrosionresistant aluminum alloy or aluminum of high purity to base metal or structurally stronger aluminum alloy. lloy material with metallic properties composed of two or more elements of which at least one is a metal. lloy Steel Steel containing significant quantities of alloying elements (other than carbon and the commonly accepted amounts of manganese, silicon, sulfur, and phosphorus) added to effect changes in mechanical properties by heat treatment. lloying Elements Chemical elements added for improving the properties of the finished products. Some alloying elements are nickel, chromium, manganese, molybdenum, vanadium, silicon, copper. luminizing Forming an aluminum or aluminum alloy coating on a metal by hot dipping, hot spraying or diffusion. K42

337 Glossary of Terms nisotropy The characteristic of ehibiting different values of a property in different directions with respect to a fied reference system in the material. nnealing nnealing generally refers to the heating and controlled cooling of solid material for the purpose of removing stresses, making it softer, refining its structure or changing its ductility, toughness or other properties. Specific heat treatments covered by the term annealing include black annealing, blue annealing, bo annealing, bright annealing, full annealing, graphitizing, malleablizing and process annealing. rc Welding Welding by an electrical arc formed between an electrode (carbon or metal) and the metal being welded, between two separate electrodes as in atomic hydrogen welding, or between separate pieces being welded as in flash welding. SM bbreviation for merican Society for Metals. s Rolled When bars are hot rolled and allowed to cool in the air, they are said to be in the as rolled or natural condition. STM bbreviation for merican Society for Testing and Materials. tomichydrogen welding rc welding with heat from an arc between two tungsten or other suitable electrodes in a hydrogen atmosphere. The use of pressure and filler metal is optional. ttenuation The fractional decrease of the intensity of an energy flu, including the reduction of intensity resulting from geometrical spreading, absorption and scattering. ustempering patented heat treating process that consists of quenching an ironbase alloy from a temperature above the transformation range in a medium having a high rate of heat abstraction, and then maintaining the metal, until transformation is complete, at a substantially uniform temperature which is below that of pearlite formation and above that of martensite formation. ustenite phase in steels which consists of the gamma form of iron with carbon in solid solution. ustenite is tough, nonmagnetic and tends to workharden rapidly when cold worked in those steels which are austenitic at ordinary temperatures. ustenitic Steel Steel which has a stable austenitic structure at normal (room) temperatures. ustenitizing Forming austenite by heating ferrous alloy into the transformation range (partial austenitizing) or above the transformation range (complete austenitizing). utofrettage Prestressing a hollow metal cylinder by the use of momentary internal pressure eceeding the yield strength. Bainite decomposition product of austenite consisting of an aggregate of ferrite and carbide. In general, it forms at temperatures lower than those where very fine pearlite forms and higher than that where martensite begins to form on cooling. Its appearance is feathery if formed in the upper part of the temperature range; acicular, resembling tempered martenisite, if formed in the lower part. K43

338 Glossary of Terms Banded Structure characteristic microstructure consisting of parallel bands of ferrite and pearlite which run in the direction of working. Bands The initial coil product produced by rolling a slab on a hot strip mill, generally to thickness and lighter It is usually further processed as follows:. Rerolled into cold rolled sheets. 2. Leveled and cut into plates ( and over). 3. Leveled and cut into hot rolled flat sheets (lighter than ). Bar (Hot Rolled) The term bar includes round, square, heagonal and other crosssectional shapes, inch (6.4mm) and greater, small standard shapes (angles, channels, tees) under 3 inches (76.2mm), flats 6 inches (52mm) and under in width and inch (5.2mm) and over in thickness, and flats over 6 inches (52mm) through 8 inches (200mm) in width, and.2300 inch (5.84mm) and over in thickness. Bark Decarburized skin found just beneath the scale. Base Bo unit of measure used in the tin plate industry corresponding to an area equal to 2 sheets of tin plate, each 4 20in., or 3,360 sq. in., or sq. ft. Basic Bottom or Lining The inner lining and bottom of a melting furnace composed of materials having a basic reaction; these may be crushed burnt dolomite, magnesite, magnesite bricks, or basic slag. Basic Oygen Process (BOP) Steelmaking method in which substantially pure oygen is introduced to facilitate the melting process. Basic Steel Steel melted in a furnace with a basic bottom and lining and under a slag having a basic reaction. Most steel made in merica is basic. Bauite The principle ore of aluminum, present in nearly all earthly materials and unavoidably present in most slags. lso used in the manufacture of alumina refractories for withstanding etremely high temperatures. Bearing Load compressive load supported by a member, usually a tube or collar, along a line where contact is made with a pin, rivet, ale or shaft. Bearing Quality Steels used for balls, rollers and races of antifriction bearings. Great hardness and resistance to crushing are the chief requirements. Bearing Strength The maimum bearing load at failure divided by the effective bearing area. In a pinned or riveted joint, the effective area is calculated as the product of the diameter of the hole and the thickness of the bearing member. Bend Radius The inside radius of a bent section. Bend Tests Various tests used to determine the ductility of sheet or plate that is subjected to bending. These test may include determination of the minimum radius or diameter required to make a satisfactory bend and the number of repeated bends that the material can withstand without failure when it is bent through a given angle and over a definite radius. K44

339 Glossary of Terms Bessemer Process process for making steel by blowing air through molten pig iron contained a refractory lined vessel so as to remove by oidation most of the carbon, silicon and manganese. Billet semifinished rolled ingot of rectangular cross section or nearly so. In general the term billet is used when the cross section ranges from 4 up to 36 sq. in., the width always being less than twice the thickness. Small sizes are usually classed as bars or small billets. The term bloom is properly used when the cross section is greater than about 36 sq. in., though this distinction is not universally observed. Black nnealing process of bo annealing of sheets prior to tinning whereby a black oide color is imparted to the surface of the product. Blackplate Cold reduced sheet steel ranging in width from over 2 in. to less than 32 in. and in gauge from 29 and lighter, in coils or cut lengths, and within the uniform Classification of Flat Rolled Carbon Steel Products. Blast Furnace shaft furnace supplied with air blast, usually hot, for producing pig iron by smelting iron ore. The furnace is continuous in operation, the raw materials (iron ore, coke, and limestone) are charged at the top, and the molten pig iron and slag are collected at the bottom and are tapped out at intervals. Blister defect in metal produced by gas bubbles either on the surface or formed beneath the surface while the metal is hot or plastic. Very fine blisters are called pinhead or pepper blisters. Bloom See Billet. Blooming Mill Mill used to reduce ingots to blooms, slabs, etc. Blowhole hole produced during the solidification of metal by evolved gas which, in failing to escape, is held in the metal. Blue nnealing process of annealing sheets after rolling. The sheets, if fairly heavy, are allowed to cool slowly after the hot rolling; if of lighter gauge, as is usually the case, they are passed singly through an open furnace for heating to the proper annealing temperature. s the name indicates, the sheets have a bluishblack appearance. Blue Brittleness Brittleness ehibited by some steels after being heated to some temperature within the range of 300 to 650 o F, and more especially if the steel is worked at the elevated temperature. Killed steels are virtually free of this kind of brittleness. Blued Plate Blackplate with the surface oidized at a suitable temperature by steam or air to product a blue color. Blueing method of coating sheets with a thin, even film of bluish black oide. The blued surface is obtained by eposure to an atmosphere of dry steam or air at a temperature of about 000 o F. Generally this is done during bo annealing. Bo nnealing Softening steel by heating, usually at a subcritical temperature, in a suitable closed metal bo or pot to protect it from oidation, employing a slow heating and cooling cycle; also called closed annealing or pot annealing. K45

340 Glossary of Terms Brazing Joining metals by fusion of nonferrous alloys that have melting points above 800 o F but lower than those of the metals being joined. This may be accomplished by means of a torch (torch brazing), in a furnace (furnace brazing) or by dipping in a molten flu bath (dip or flu brazing). The filler metal is ordinarily in rod form in torch brazing; whereas in furnace and dip brazing the work material is first assembled and the filler metal may then be applied as wire, washers, clips, bands, or may be integrally bonded, as in brazing sheet. Bright nnealing n annealing process usually carried out in a controlled furnace atmosphere so that surface oidation is reduced to a minimum and the surface remains relatively bright. Brinell Hardness Test This test consists of forcing a ball of standard diameter into the specimen being tested under standard pressure, and judging the hardness of the material by the amount of metal displaced. British Thermal Unit unit of heat representing the amount of heat necessary to raise the temperature of one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit. bbreviated B.T.U. or Btu. Brittle Fracture Fracture with little or no plastic deformation. Burning Heating steel to a temperature sufficiently close to the melting point to cause permanent injury. Such injury may be caused by the melting of the more fusible constituents, by the penetration of gases such as oygen into the metal with consequent reactions, or perhaps by the segregation of elements already present in the metal. Burnishing Smoothing surfaces through frictional contact between the work and some hard pieces of material such as hardened metal balls. Butt Welding Joining two edge or ends by placing one against the other and welding them. Calorizing process of converting the surface of steel articles into a corrosionresistant alloy layer of aluminum and iron by surface absorption of aluminum from a miture of aluminum and aluminum oide powder at elevated temperatures. Camber In sheet or strip: the greatest deviation of a side from a straight line. In structurals: the curvature from the plane of a flange in length of the section, either leg of an angle being taken as the flange. (lso see Sweep). Canning dished distortion in a flat or nearly flat surface, sometimes referred to as oil canning. Capped Steel Semikilled steel cast in a bottletop mold and covered with a cap fitting into the neck of the mold. The cap causes the top metal to solidify. Pressure is built up in the sealedin molten metal and results in a surface condition much like that of rimmed steel. Carbides s found in steel, carbides are compounds of carbon and one or more of the metallic elements, such as iron, chromium, tungsten, etc. Carbon Free Metals and alloys which are practically free from carbon. K46

341 Glossary of Terms CarboNitriding process of case hardening an ironbase alloy by the simultaneous absorption of carbon and nitrogen through heating in a gaseous atmosphere of suitable composition, following by cooling at a rate than will produce desired properties. Carbon Range In steel specifications, the carbon range is the difference between the minimum and maimum amount of carbon acceptable. Carbon Steel Steel whole major properties depend on its carbon content and in which other alloying elements are negligible. Carburzing dding carbon to ironbase alloys by absorption through heating the metal at a temperature below its melting point in contact with carbonaceous materials. Such treatment followed by appropriate quenching hardens the surface of the metal. The oldest method of case hardening. Carburizing Compound Mitures containing carbonaceous solids which will give up carbon to steel in the presence of heat. Gas rich in carbon is sometimes used in the carburizing process. Case The surface layer of an ironbase alloy which has been made substantially harder than the interior by the process of case hardening. Case Hardening Carburizing, nitriding, or cyaniding and subsequent hardening, by heat treatment, all or part of the surface portions of apiece of iron base alloy. Cast Steel ny object made by pouring molten steel into molds. Casting Strains Strains produced by internal stresses resulting from the cooling of a casting. Cavitation The formation and instantaneous collapse of innumerable tiny voids or cavities within a liquid subjected to rapid and intense pressure changes. Cavitation produced by ultrasonic radiation is sometimes used to give violent localized agitation. That caused by severe turbulent flow often leads to cavitation damage. Cavitation Damage Wearing away of metal through the formation and collapse of cavities in a liquid. Cementite compound of iron and carbon, known chemically as iron carbide and having the approimate chemical formula Fe 3 C. It is characterized by an orthorhombic crystal structure. When it occurs as a phase in steel, the chemical composition will be altered by the presence of manganese and other carbideforming elements. Centrifugal Casting casting made by pouring metal into a mold that is rotated or revolved. Ceramic Tools Cutting tools made from fused, sintered or cemented metallic oides. Chamfer () beveled surface to eliminate an otherwise sharp corner. (2) relieved angular cutting edge at a tooth corner. K47

342 Glossary of Terms Charpy Test test made to determine the notched toughness, or impact strength, of a material. The test gives the energy required to break a standard notched specimen supported at the two ends. Check nalysis nalysis of metal after it has been rolled or forged into semifinished or finished forms. Chemical nalysis Qualitative analysis consists of separating a substance into its component elements and identifying them. In quantitative analysis the proportion of all component elements are determined. Chemical Composition Different elements, or combinations of elements, helps determine the characteristics of steel and are generally referred to as a steel s chemical composition or chemistry. Chemical Milling Removing metal stock by controlled selective chemical etching. Chemical Requirements When specifying to chemical composition, base requirements should be based on the standard limits and ranges together with the standard permissible variation for check analysis and standard methods of sampling published by ISI for each product. Chipping One method of removing surface defects such as small fissures or seams from partially worked metal. If not eliminated, the defects might carry through to the finished material. If the defects are removed by means of a gas torch the term deseaming or scarfing is used. Chromadizing (Chromodizing, Chromatizing) Forming an acid surface to improve pain adhesion on aluminum or aluminum alloys, mainly aircraft skins, by treatment with a solution of chromic acid. Chromium hard, corrosion resistant metal widely used as an alloying elements in steel and for plating steel products. Chromizing surface treatment at elevated temperature, generally carried out in pack, vapor or salt bath, in which an alloy is formed by the inward diffusion of chromium into the base metal. Clad Metal composite metal containing two or three layers that have been bonded toegher. The bonding may have been accomplished by corolling, welding, casting, heavy chemical deposition or heavy electroplating. Cleavage Plane Crystals possess the property of breaking more readily in one or more directions than in others. The planes of easy rupture are called cleavage planes. Close Tolerance Hot rolled material is classed as close tolerance when furnished to size tolerances more restrictive than standard in no case closer than the standard variation. Coil Breaks Creased or ridges across a metal sheet transverse to the direction of coiling, occasionally occurring when the metal has been coiled hot and uncoiled cold. K48

343 Glossary of Terms Coining method of cold forming or sizing metal by compression, often used for imparting smooth finish and close tolerances. Cold Drawing The process of pulling a hot rolled bar through a die of lesser size. Cold drawing gives the hot rolled bar a bright, clean, uniform surface and increases tensile and yield strength. Cold drawing also increases torsional strength, surface hardness, wear resistance and imparts significant improvement in machinability. In some cases, cold drawn bars subsequently may be subjected to grinding and polishing operations. Cold Finishing Changing the shape of, or reducing the cross section of steel while cold usually accomplished by rolling, drawing through a die or turning. Cold Heading Forcing cold metal to flow into dies to form thicker sections and intricate shapes. Cold Rolled Products Flat rolled products for which the approimate required thickness has been obtained by rolling without heating at approimately room temperature. Cold Rolling See Cold Finishing. Cold Short condition of brittleness eisting in some metals at temperatures below the recrystalization temperature. Cold Shut n area in metal where two portions of the metal in either a molten or plastic conditions have come together but have failed to unite into an integral mass. Cold Working Permanent deformation of a metal below its recrystalization temperature which hardens the metal. Columnar Structure coarse structure of parallel columns of grains, having the long ais perpendicular to the casting surface. Combined Carbon ll of the carbon in iron or steel which is combined with iron or other elements to form carbide. Commercial Quality (CQ) Sheet of this quality is for uses involving simple bending or moderate drawing. Commercial Quality sheet can be bent flat upon itself in any direction at room temperature. Compressive Strength Yield: Maimum stress that a compressed metal can withstand without a predefined amount of deformation. Ultimate: Maimum stress a brittle metal can withstand without fracturing when subjected to compression. Consumable Electrode Melting n ingot of steel is remelted in a vacuum by making the ingot serve as a consumable electrode. Purpose: to refine the steel. The melted ingot collects in a watercooled copper mold. Continuous Casting casting technique in which an ingot, billet, tube or other shape is continuously solidified while it is being poured, so that its length is not determined by mold dimensions. K49

344 Glossary of Terms Continuous Mill mill in which several stands of rolls are arranged in tandem, usually so close together that the steel passes through several stands simultaneously for eample: bar mills, strip mills, and some newer plate mills. Controlled Cooling Cooling from elevated temperature in a predetermined manner to avoid hardening, cracking or internal damage, or to produce a desired microstructure. Such cooling usually follows the final forming operation. Core The center portion of a piece of steel which may be of different chemical composition than the outside, as in the case of carburized parts, or which may have different physical properties than the outside due to the failure of penetration of heat treatment effect. Corrosion Embrittlement The severe loss of ductility of a metal resulting from corrosive attack, usually intergranular and often not visually apparent. Corrosion Fatigue Effect of the application of repeated or fluctuating stresses in a corrosive environment characterized by shorter life than would be encountered as a result of either the repeated or fluctuating stresses alone or the corrosive environment alone. Corrosion Resistance The ability of a metal to withstand attack in an environment that is conducive to chemical or electrochemical reaction. Covered Electrode fillermetal electrode, used in arc welding, consisting of a metal core wire with a relatively thick covering which provides protection for the molten metal from the atmosphere, improves the properties of the weld metal and stabilizes the arc. The covering is usually mineral or metal powders mied with cellulose or other binder. Creep Plastic deformation or flow of metals held for long period of time at stresses lower than normal yield strength. Especially important if temperature of stressing is near recrystalization temperature of the metal. Creep Limit () The maimum stress that will cause less than a specified quantity of creep in a given time. (2) The maimum nominal stress under which the creep strain rate decreases continuously with time under constant load and at constant temperature. Sometimes used synonymously with creep strength. Creep Strength The maimum stress which can be applied to steel at a specified temperature without causing more than a specified percentage increase in length in a specified time. Creep Test number of samples, each loaded to a different stress, are placed in heating coils and held at a constant predetermined temperature. Tests are conducted for periods ranging from hours during which time the samples stretch. The elongation is measured and recorded at regular intervals. The results show the amount of elongation which can be epected when the steel is subjected to a given stress and temperature within a given time. Crevice Erosion type of concentrationcell corrosion; corrosion of a metal that is caused by the concentration of dissolved salts, metals ions, oygen or other gases, and such, in crevices or pockets remote from the principal fluid stream, with a resultant building up of differential cells that ultimately cause deep pitting. K50

345 Glossary of Terms Critical Cooling Rate The minimum rate of continuous cooling just sufficient to prevent undesired transformations. For steel, the slowest rate at which it can be cooled from above the upper critical temperature to prevent the decomposition of austenite at any temperature above the M s. Critical Points or Temperatures The various temperatures at which transformations occur in steel as it passes through its critical range on either a rising or falling temperature (See Transformation Range.) Critical Range temperature range in passing through which steel undergoes transformation. The preferred term is transformation range (q.v.) Crop The imperfect ends of a rolled of forged product which are removed and discarded. Cross Rolling The rolling of sheet so that the direction of rolling is changed about 90 o from the direction of the previous rolling. Crown contour on a sheet or roll where the thickness or diameter increases from edge to center. Cryogenics Working with materials in environments near absolute zero ( o F). Cup Fracture type of fracture which looks like a cup having the eterior portion etended with the interior slightly depressed produced in a tensile test specimen. Usually an indication of ductility. Cutting Speed The linear or peripheral speed of relative motion between the tool and workpiece in the principal direction of cutting. Cyaniding Surface hardening of an ironbase alloy article or portion of it by heating at suitable temperatures in contact with molten cyanide salt and then quenching. DC (Direct Chill) Casting continuous method of making ingots or billets for sheet or etrusion by pouring the metal into a short mold. The base of the mold is a platform that is gradually lowered while the metal solidifies, the frozen shell of metal acting as a retainer for the liquid metal below the wall of the mold. The ingot is usually cooled by the impingement of water directly on the mold or on the walls of the solid metal as it is lowered. The length of the ingot is limited by the depth to which the platform can be lowered; therefore, it is often called semicontinuous casting. Decalescence The absorption of heat, due to internal changes, which occurs when steel is heated through the critical temperature range. Decarburization Removal of carbon from the outer surface of iron or steel, usually by heating in an oidizing or reducing atmosphere. Water vapor, oygen and carbon dioide are strong decarburizers. Reheating with adhering scale is also strongly decarburizing in action. Deep Drawing The process of cold working or drawing sheet or strip metal blanks by means of dies on a press into shapes which are usually more or less cuplike in character involving considerable plastic deformation of the metal. Deepdrawing quality sheet or strip steel, ordered or sold on the basis of suitability for deepdrawing. K5

346 Glossary of Terms Deep Etching Etching, for eamination at low magnification, by a reagent that attacks the metal to a much greater etent than is normal for microscopic eamination may bring out such features as abnormal grain size segregation, cracks or grain flow. Dendrite crystal that has a treelike branching pattern, being most evident in cast metals slowly cooled through the solidification range. Deoidizing Removal of oygen. In steel sheet, strip, and wire technology, the term refers to heat treatment in a reducing atmosphere, to lessen the amount of scale. Deoidation process used during melting and refining of steel to remove and / or chemically combine oygen from the molten steel to prevent porosity in the steel when it is solidified. Deoidized Sheets Hot rolled sheets that have been bright annealed. Depth of Penetration The depth to which appreciable hardening occurs when steel is quenched from its hardening temperature. Diamond Pyramid Hardness Test n indentation hardness test employing a 36 o diamond pyramid indenter and variable loads enabling the use of one hardness scale for all ranges of hardness form soft lead to tungsten carbide. Differential Heating Heating so that various portions of an article reach different temperatures to produce different properties upon cooling. Distortion change in shape (usually refers to changes of shape caused by internal stress). Double Vacuum Melting Ingots made by the vacuum induction melting method are remelted and further refined by the consumable electrode method. Drawing Drawing may refer to the pulling of steel through a die, as in drawing wire, or deforming steel in dies on a press (deep drawing). Drawing Back Reheating after hardening to a temperature below the critical range for the purpose of improving the ductility and or lowering the hardness of the steel. Drawing Quality (DQ) s compared with sheet of Commercial Quality, Drawing Quality sheet has a greater degree of ductility and is more consistent in performance. The greater ductility and uniformity result from higher standards of production, selection, and processing of the steel. Drawing Quality Special Killed (DQSK) When Drawing Quality will not provide a sufficient degree of ductility for fabrication of parts or applications require that the sheet be free from aging Drawing Quality Special Killed steel should be used. This quality is made by special steelmaking and processing practices. lso sometimes known as deep drawing quality. Drop Forging forging made with a drop hammer. Drop Hammer forging hammer that depends on gravity for its force. K52

347 Glossary of Terms Ductile Crack Propagation Slow crack propagation that is accompanied by noticeable plastic deformation and requires energy to be supplied from outside the body. Ductility bility of steel to undergo permanent changes in shape without fracture at room temperature. Duralumin The trade name applied to the first aluminumcoppermagnesium type of agehardenable alloy (7S), which contains nominally 4% Cu, ½ % Mg. The term is sometimes used to include the class of wrought aluminumcoppermagnesium alloys that harden during aging at room temperature. Earing Wavy projections formed at the opera end of a cup or shell in the course of deep drawing because of differences in directional properties. lso termed scallop. Eccentricity of Tubing Variation on wall thickness, when the wall is lighter on one side and heavier at a point of 80 o away, resulting in the I.D. of the tube being not concentric with the O.D. EddyCurrent Testing Nondestructive testing method in which eddycurent flow is induced in the test object. Changes in the flow caused by variations in the object are reflected into a nearby coil or coils for subsequent analysis by suitable instrumentation and techniques. Edge Condition Mill Edge: Normal edge produced in rolling, conforms to no definite contour. Sheared Edge: One cut after rolling. Slit Edge: Produced when strip or coil is slit into multiple widths. Elastic Limit Maimum stress that a material will stand before permanent deformation occurs. Elongation Increase in length which occurs before a metal is fractured, when subjected to stress. This is usually epressed as a percentage of the original length and is a measure of the ductility of the metal. Endurance Limit Maimum alternating stress, which a given material will withstand for an indefinite number of times, without causing fatigue failure. Erichsen Test Similar to the Olsen Test. Readings are in millimeters. Etching In metallography, the process of revealing structural details by the preferential attack of reagents on a metal surface. Etch Tests Etching to detect inclusion in steel. common test is dipping a sample into acid which reacts with the inclusion to disclose their presence. Eutectoid Steel Steel representing the eutectoid composition of the iron carbon system, with about 0.80% to 0.83% carbon, the eutectoid temperature being about 333 F. Such steel in the annealed condition consists eclusively of pearlite. Steels with less than this quota of carbon are known as hypoeutectoid and contain free ferrite in addition to the pearlite. When more carbon is present, the steel is known as hypereutectoid and contains free cementite. The presence of certain elements, such as nickel or chromium, lowers the eutectoid carbon content. K53

348 Efoliation type of corrosion that progresses approimately parallel to the outer surface of the metal, causing layers of the metal to be elevated by the formation of corrosion product. Etensometer n apparatus for indicating the deformation of metal while it is subjected to stress. Etrusion Shaping metal into a chosen continuous form by forcing it through a die of appropriate shape. Fatigue condition leading to the eventual fracture of a material due to constant or repeated stresses that eert less pressure than the tensile strength of the material. Fatigue Life The number of cycle of stress that can be sustained prior to failure for a stated test condition. Fatigue Limit See Endurance Limit. Glossary of Terms Fatigue Strength The maimum stress that can be sustained for a specified number of cycles without failure, the stress being completely reversed within each cycle unless otherwise stated. Fatigue Test Highly polished samples are subject to stress while bending, which results in a reversal of stress for every complete revolution. The stress is reduced on each succeeding sample until the maimum stress sample will sustain for ten million reversals has been reached. Since eperience justifies the assumption that if steel can withstand ten million reversals, it can withstand such stress indefinely. This stress is reported as the fatigue limit. Ferrite The room temperature form of alpha iron, one of the two major constituents of steel (cementite) in which it acts as the solvent to form solid solutions with such elements as manganese, nickel, silicon and, to a small degree, carbon. Ferrite Banding Parallel bands of free ferrite aligned in the direction of working. Sometime referred to as ferrite streaks. Ferro lloys metal product commonly used as a raw material feed in steelmaking, to aid various stages of the steelmaking process such as deoidation, desulfurization, and adding strength. Eamples: ferrochrome, ferromanganese, and ferrosilicon. Fiber characteristic of wrought metal manifested by a fibrous or woody appearance of fractures and indicating directional properties. Fiber is due chiefly to the etension in the direction of working on the constituents of the metal, both metallic and nonmetallic. Fiber Stress Unit stress at a certain point when overall section stress is not uniform. Fin Protuberances resulting from the improper squeezing of steel during rolling. lso see Flash. Finish The surface appearance of steel after final treatment. K54

349 Glossary of Terms Finished Steel Steel that is ready for the market without further work or treatment. Blooms, billets, slabs, sheet, bars, and wire rods are termed semifinished. Finishing Temperature The temperature at which hot working is completed. Firebo Quality Quality of plates for use in pressure vesselss which will be eposed to fire or heat and the resulting thermal and mechanical stresses. Fish eyes reas on a fractured steel surface having a characteristic white crystalline appearance. Flakes Short discontinuous internal fissures in ferrous metals attributed to stresses produced by localized transformation and decreased solubility of hydrogen during cooling after hot working. In a fractured surface, flakes appear as bright silvery areas; on an etched surface they appear as short discontinuous cracks. lso called shatter cracks and snowflakes. Flame nnealing process of softening a metal by the application of heat from a hightemperature flame. Flame Cutting Oygen cutting in which the appropriate part of the material to be cut is raised to ignition temperature by an oyfuel gas flame. Flame Hardening hardening process in which the surface is heated by direct flame impingement and then quenched Flange Quality Quality of plates for use in pressure vessels which are not eposed to fire or radiant heat. Special manufacturing, test and marking are required. Flare Test test applied to tubing, involving a tapered epansion over a cone. Similar to pin epansion test. Flash () In forging, the ecess metal forced between the upper and lower dies. (2) In resistance butt welding, a fin formed perpendicular to the direction of applied pressure. Flash Point Ignition point usually applied to oils. Flash Welding resistance butt welding process in which the weld is produced over the entire abutting surface by pressure and heat, the heat being produced by electric arc between the members being welded. Flattening Standard commercial flatness is obtained by roller leveling. This consists in passing sheets singly or in packs through a machine having a series of small diameter rolls. Foil Metal in sheet form less than in. in thickness. Forging piece of metal which has been shaped or formed, while hot, by forging with a hammer (hand or power), in a press, or by a drop hammer. K55

350 Glossary of Terms Forging Quality Semifinished steel produced for applications involving forging require manufacturing control for chemical composition, deoidization mold practice, pouring, rolling, discard, cooling surface preparation, testing and inspection. Purchaser s method of fabrication and end use is a vital consideration in producing steel to this broad definition. Forging Stresses Stresses resulting from forging or from cooling from the forging temperature. Fractography Descriptive treatment of fracture, especially in metals, with specified reference to photographs of the fracture surface. Macrofractography involves photographs at low magnification; microfractography, at high magnification. Fracture The surface of a break in metal. Fracture Test Nicking and breaking a bar by means of sudden impact, to enable macroscopic study of the fracture. Free Machining Pertains to the machining characteristics of an alloy to which one or more ingredients have been introduced to produce small broken chips, low power consumption, better surface finish or longer tool life. Fretting (Fretting Corrosion) ction that results in surface damage, especially in a corrosive environment, when there is relative motion between solid surfaces in contact under pressure. Full nnealing Heating the metal to about 00 (degrees) F. above the critical temperature range, followed by soaking at this point and slow cooling below the critical temperature. Full Hardness Usually the hardness of heat treated steel after quenching and before tempering. Galling Developing a condition on the rubbing surface of one or both mating parts where ecessive friction between high spots results in localized welding with substantial spalling and a further roughening of the surface. Galvanic Corrosion ccelerated corrosion of a metal because of an electrical contact with a more noble metal or nonmetallic conductor in a corrosive electrolyte. Galvanizing Coating steel with zinc and tin (principally zinc) for rust proofing purposes. Formerly for the purpose of galvanizing, cut length steel sheets were passed singly through a bath of the molten metal. Today s galvanizing processing method consists of uncoiling and passing the continuous length of successive coils either through a molten bath of the metal termed Hot Dipped Galvanizing or by continuously zinc coating the uncoiled sheet electrolytically termed Electro Galvanizing. Galvannealing pplying an etra tight coat of zinc to a soft steel sheet, then passing through an oven at about 200 o F. gives a dull gray unspangled coat well suited for painting. K56

351 Glossary of Terms Gas Cutting Refers to a procedure used for cutting when maimum shearing limitations for thickness and chemical compositions are eceeded. lso known as flame cut or special cut edge plates. Grain Growth n increase in the average size of the grains in polycrystalline metal or alloy, usually a result of heating at elevated temperature. Grain Refinement Reducing the crystalline or grain structure by heat treating, or by a combination of heat treating and mechanical working. Grain Size verage diameter of grains in the metal under consideration, or alternatively, the number of grains per unit area. Since increase in grain size is paralleled by lower ductility and impact resistance, the question of general grain size is of great significance. The addition of certain metals affects grain size, for eample vanadium and aluminum ten to give steel a fine grain. The STM has set up a grain size standard for steels, and the McQuaidEhn Test has been developed as a method of measurement. Grain Structure The type of crystalline structure as observed by eye or under the microscope. Granular Fracture type of irregular surface produced when metal fractures, characterized by a rough, grain like appearance as differentiated from a smooth silky, or fibrous, type. It can be sub classified into transgranular and intergranular forms.. This type of fracture is frequently called crystalline fracture, but the implication that the metal has crystallized is completely misleading. Graphitizing nnealing gray cast iron so that most of the carbon is transformed to the graphitic condition. Controlled by increasing silicon and by thermal treatment. Gray Cast Iron cast iron that gives a gray fracture due to the presence of flake graphite. Often called gray iron. Grinding and Polishing Cold finishing operations that may be applied to cold drawn or turned bars. The bars are first ground to close tolerance in centerless grinders and kept very straight during the operation. They are then saw cut on both ends to give a square, true cut, and burnished to a brilliant, bright finish. The results are bars with etremely close size tolerance, a high degree of straightness and a superior finish. Grinding and polishing may be preceded by either a cold drawing or turning operation. The mechanical properties remain comparable to those of the original hot rolled bar ecept when preceded by cold drawing. Grinding Cracks Shallow cracks formed in the surface of relatively hard materials because of ecessive grinding heat or the high sensitivity of the material. Gun Drill drill, usually with one or more flutes and with coolant passages through the drill body, used for deep hole drilling. Half Rounds Bars having a cross section that is a half circle. Hammer Forging Forging in which the work is deformed by repeated blows. Compare with press forging. K57

352 Glossary of Terms Hard Chromium Chromium deposited for engineering purposes, such as increasing the wear resistance of sliding metal surfaces, rather than as a decorative coating. It is usually applied directly to basis metal and is customarily thicker than a decorative deposit. Hardenability The ability of a metal, usually steel, to harden in depth as distinguished from the terms hardness. Hardening (s applied to heat treatment of steel.) Heating and quenching to produce increased hardness. Hardness bility of material to resist penetration. Heatffected Zone That portion of the base metal which was not melted during brazing, cutting or welding, but whose microstructure and physical properties were altered by the heat. Heat (of steel) batch of refined steel. basic oygen or electric furnace full of steel. One heat of steel will be used to cast several slabs, blooms or billets. Heat Resisting Steels Those steels which are used for service at relatively high temperatures because they retain much of their strength and resist oidation under such condition. Heat Tinting Coloration of a metal surface through oidation by heating to reveal details of structure. Heat Treatment n operation or combination of operations involving the heating and cooling of steels in the solid state for the purpose of obtaining certain desirable mechanical, microstructural or corrosionresisting properties. High Draw drawing temperature not very much below the c point of the steel used to develop high ductility when tempering steel after the quench. High Strength Low lloy (HSL) specific group of steels in which the strength levels are achieved by the addition of moderate amounts of alloying elements. The most common are columbium, vanadium or titanium. Homogenizing Holding at high temperature to eliminate or decrease chemical segregation by diffusion. Honing Removing stock generally on the internal cylindrical surface of a workpiece with an abrasive stick mounted in a holder. Hot Forming Working operations such as bending and drawing sheet and plate, forging, pressing, and heading, performed on metal heated to temperatures above room temperature. Hot Rolled This term describes steel products that are brought to approimate finished size by rolling at elevated temperatures. HRR (Hot Rolled as Rolled) description of steel products that are rolled to finished thickness and not subsequently heat treated. Hot Shortness Brittleness in metal, at an elevated temperature. K58

353 Glossary of Terms Hot Top () reservoir, thermally insulated or heated, to hold molten metal on top of a mold to feed the ingot or casting as it contracts on solidifying to avoid having pipe or voids. Hot Working Plastic deformation of metal at a temperature sufficiently high not to create strain hardening. The lower limit of temperature for this process is the recrystallization temperature. HSteels Steels produced to end quench hardenability limits. Hydrogen Embrittlement () Brittleness of metal, resulting from the occlusion of hydrogen (usually as a byproduct of pickling or by codeposition in electroplating). (2) condition of low ductility resulting from hydrogen absorption and internal pressure developed subsequently. Electrolytic copper ehibits similar results when eposed to reducing atmosphere at elevated temperature. Immersed Scanning In ultrasonics, a planned, systematic movement of the beam relative to the object being inspected, the search unit being coupled to this object through a column of liquid. In most cases the object and the search unit are submerged in water. Impact Energy (Impact Value) The amount of energy required to fracture a material, usually measured by means of an Izod or Charpy test. The type of specimen and testing conditions affect the values and therefore should be specified. Impact Test Test designed to determine the resistance of metal to breakage by impact, usually by concentrating the applied stress to a notched specimen. Impact Values Resistance to shock and ability to distribute localized stress as measured by impact test usually epressed in footpounds. Inclusion nonmetallic material in a solid metallic material. Slag or other foreign matter entrapped during welding. The defect is usually more irregular in shape than a gas pore. Induction Hardening process of hardening a ferrous alloy by heating it above the transformation range by means of electrical induction, and then cooling as required. Quench hardening in which the heat is generated by electrical induction. InertGas Shieldedrc Welding rc welding in an inert gas such as argon or helium. Ingot form of semifinished steel. Liquid steel is teemed (poured) into molds, where it slowly solidifies. Once the steel is solid, the mold is stripped, and the 25 to 30ton ingots are then ready for subsequent rolling or forging. Ingot Iron Commercially pure openhearth iron. Intergranular Corrosion Electrochemical corrosion along the grain boundaries of an alloy, usually caused because the boundary regions contain material anodic to the center of the grain. K59

354 Glossary of Terms Interrupted Quenching Quenching in which the metal object being quenched is removed from the quenching medium while the object is at a temperature substantially higher than that of the quenching medium Investment Casting () Casting metal into a mold produced by surrounding (investing) an ependable pattern with a refractory slurry that sets at room temperature after which the wa, plastic, or frozen mercury pattern is removed through the use of heat. lso called precision casting, or lostwa process. (2) casting made by the process. Iron (Chemical symbol Fe.) Element No. 26 of the periodic system; tomic weight magnetic silver white metal of high tensile strength, ductile and malleable. Melting point of pure iron is about 2795 (degrees) F. Chemically iron is chiefly base forming. The principal forms of commercial iron are steel, cast iron and wrought iron. Isothermal Transformation change in phase at any constant temperature. Izod Test pendulum type of singleblow impact test in which the specimen, usually notched, is fied at one end and broken by a falling pendulum. The energy absorbed, as measured by the subsequent rise of the pendulum, is a measure of impact strength or notch toughness. Jominy EndQuench Test This is a hardenability test in which a steel sample is heated to its proper quenching temperature and subjected to a spray of water at one end, a quenching method which provides a very rapid rate of cooling at the end sprayed, with progressively slower cooling all the way up to the other end. Kerf That part of the material lost through processing. The amount will vary, depending on the type and thickness of material, and the process used. Killed Steel Steel deoidized with a strong deoidizing agent, such as silicon or aluminium, to reduce the oygen content to such a level that no reaction occurs between carbon and oygen during solidification. The term killed indicates that the steel has been sufficiently deoidized to quiet the molten metal when poured into the ingot mold. The general practice is to use aluminum ferrosilicon or manganese as deoidizing agents. properly killed steel is more uniform as to analysis and is comparatively free from aging. However, for the same carbon and manganese content Killed Steel is harder than Rimmed Steel. In general all steels above 0.25% carbon are killed, also all forging grades, structural steels from 0.5% to 0.25% carbon and some special steels in the low carbon range. Most steels below 0.5% carbon are rimmed steel. Kip unit of load equalling 000 pounds or kilograms. Ladle nalysis term applied to the chemical analysis representative of a heat of steel as reported by the producer. It is determined by analyzing a test ingot sample obtained during the pouring of the steel from a ladle. Lamination n abnormal structure resulting in a separation or weakness aligned generally parallel to the worked surface of the metal. Lap surface defect, appearing as a seam, caused by fording over hot metal, fins, or sharp corners and then rolling or forging them into the surface, but not welding them. K60

355 Glossary of Terms Leveling mechanical process in which the strip is stretched beyond its yield point by bending over small diameter rolls. The purpose is to improve the flatness of characteristics of the strip. Flattening rolled metal sheet or strip. Light Metals Metal and alloys that have a low specific gravity, such as beryllium, magnesium and aluminum. Lock Forming Quality (LFQ) Galvanized steel sheet of this quality is intended primarily for use in fabrication where it is to be subjected to machine lock forming. Long Ternes Flat rolled steel in sheet sizes coated with a miture of lead and tin. Coating usually contains 80% to 85% lead and 5% to 20% tin. Longitudinal Direction The principal direction of flow in a worked metal. LowHydrogen Electrode covered arcwelding electrode that provides an atmosphere around the arc and molten weld metal which is low in hydrogen. Lubricity Slipperiness. The ability of steel sheet to slide in a forming die. Machinability The relative ease of machining a metal. Machinability Inde relative measure of the machinability of an engineering material under specified standard conditions. Machine Straightening Straightening metal bars by rolling in a straightening machine. Machining Refers to performing multiple processes to a piece of metal to produce a customer specified component part. Macroetch Test Consists of immersing a carefully prepared section of the steel in hot acid and of eamining the etched surface to evaluate the soundness and homogeneity of the product being tested. Macrostructure The structure of metal as revealed by macroscopic eamination. Magnaflu Test method of detecting cracks, laps, and other defects by magnetizing the steel and applying fine magnetic particles (dry or suspended in solution). Presence of a surface or subsurface defect is indicted by a particle pattern. Magneticnalysis Inspection nondestructive method of inspection for determining the eistence and etent of possible defects in ferromagnetic materials. Finely divided magnetic particles, applied to the magnetized part, are attracted to and outline the pattern of any magnetic leakage fields created by discontinuities. Malleability The property that determines the ease of deforming a metal when the metal is subjected to rolling or hammering. The more malleable metals can be hammered or rolled into thin sheet more easily than others. Malleabilizing process of annealing white cast iron in such a way that the combined carbon is wholly or partly transformed to graphitic or free carbon or, in some instances, part of the carbon is removed completely. K6

356 Glossary of Terms Maraging Steels group of high nickel martensitic steels developed by the International Nickel Co. Their high strength and ductility evolve primarily from the aging of a martensitic matri. Martempering () hardening procedure in which an austenitized ferrous material is quenched into an appropriate medium at a temperature just above the Martensite temperature of the material, held in the medium until the temperature is uniform throughout but not long enough for bainite to form and then cooled in air. The treatment is frequently followed by tempering. (2) When the process is applied to carburized material, the controlling Ms temperature is that of the case. This variation of the process is frequently called marquenching. Martensite metalstable transition phase with a bodycenteredtetragonal crystal structure formed by diffusionless transformation of austenite generally during cooling between the Ms and Mf temperatures. distinctive needle like structure as a transition stage in the transformation of austenite. It is the hardest constituent of steel of eutectoid composition. It is produced by rapid cooling from quenching temperature and is the chief constituent of hardened carbon tool steels. Martensite is magnetic. Matri The ground mass or principal substance in which a constituent is embedded. McQuaidEhn Test test for revealing grain size of steel by heating above critical range in a carbonaceous medium. This causes grains to be outlined sharply when polished, etched and viewed under a microscope. Grain sizes range from No. 8 (finest) to No. (coarsest). Mean Dimension The average of minimum and maimum mill tolerances; generally used in connection with tubing on O.D., I.D. or wall dimension. Mechanical Properties Those properties of a material that reveal the elastic and inelastic reaction when force is applied, or that involve the relationship between stress and strain; for eample, the modulus of elasticity, tensile strength and fatigue limit. These properties have often been designated as physical properties, but the term mechanical properties is much to be preferred. The mechanical properties of steel are dependent on its microstructure. Merchant Bar group of commodity steel shapes that consist of rounds, squares, flats, strips, angles, and channels, which fabricators, steel service centers and manufacturers cut, bend and shape into products. Merchant products require more specialized processing than reinforcing bar. Microscopic Etremely small not large enough to be seen with the naked eye. Microstructure The structure of a prepared surface of a metal as revealed by a microscope at a magnification greater than ten diameters. Mill Edge The edge of strip, sheet or plate in the as rolled state. Unsheared. Mill Finish surface finish produced on sheet and plate. Characteristic of the ground finish used on the rolls in fabrication. K62

357 Glossary of Terms Modulus of Elasticity measure of the rigidity of metal. Ratio of stress, within proportional limit, to corresponding strain. Specifically, the modulus obtained in tension or compression is Young s modulus, stretch modulus or modulus of etensibility; the modulus obtained in torsion or shear is modulus of rigidity, shear modulus or modulus of torsion; the modulus covering the ratio of the mean normal stress to the change in volume per unit volume is the bulk modulus. The tangent modulus and secant modulus are not restricted within the proportional limit; the former is the slope of the stressstrain curve at a specified point; the latter is the slope of a line from the origin to a specified point on the stressstrain curve. lso called elastic modulus and coefficient of elasticity. Network Structure structure in which the crystals of one constituent are surrounded by envelopes of another constituent which gives a network appearance to an etched test specimen. Nickel Steel Steel containing nickel as an alloying element. Varying amounts are added to increase the strength in the normalized condition to enable hardening to be performed in oil or air instead of water. Nitriding Introducing nitrogen into a solid ferrous alloy by holding at a suitable temperature (below c for ferritic steels) in contact with a nitrogenous material, usually ammonia of molten cyanide of appropriate composition. Quenching is not required to produce a hard case. Process of surface hardening certain types of steel by heating in ammonia gas at about (degrees) F., the increase in hardness being the result of surface nitride formation. Certain alloying constituents, principal among them being aluminum, greatly facilitate the hardening reaction. In general, the depth of the case is less than with carburizing. Nominal Dimension OD, ID, or wall thickness of tubing specified by buyer, regardless of how the tolerances are epressed. Normalizing heat treatment applied to steel, Involves heating above the critical range followed by cooling in still air. Is performed to refine the crystal structure and eliminate internal stress. Notch Brittleness measure of the susceptibility of a material to brittle fracture at locations of stress concentration. For eample, in a notch tensile test a material is said to be notch brittle if its notch strength is less than its tensile strength; otherwise, it is said to be notch ductile. Notch (Impact) Toughness n indication of a steel s capacity to absorb energy when a stress concentrator or notch is present. Eamples are Charpy VNotch, dynamic tear, dropweight and dropweight tear tests. Oil Quench quench from the hardening temperature, in which oil is the cooling medium. Oiled pplication of a suitable oil to flat rolled steel to retard rusting. When surface is a consideration, it is also desirable in reducing friction scratches that may develop in transit. The oil coating is not intended to serve as a lubricant for subsequent fabrication. K63

358 Glossary of Terms Olsen Test method of measuring the ductility and drawing properties of strip or sheet metal which involves determination of the width and depth of impression. The test simulating a deep drawing operation is made by a standard steel ball under pressure, continuing until the cup formed from the metal sample fractures. Readings are in thousandths of an inch. This test is sometimes used to detect stretcher straining and indicates the surface finish after drawing, similar to the Erichsen ductility test. Open Hearth Furnace broad, shallow hearth to refine pig iron and scrap into steel. Heat is supplied from a large, luminous flame over the surface, and the refining takes seven to nine hours. Open Hearths, at one time the most abundant steelmaking furnaces among integrated companies, have been replaced by the basic oygen furnace. Orange Peel surface roughening (defect) encountered in forming products from metal stock that has a coarse grain size. It is due to uneven flow or to the appearance of the overly large grains usually the result of annealing at too high a temperature. lso referred to as pebbles and alligator skin. OutofRound The difference between maimum and minimum diameters of a bar measured at the same cross section. OutofSquare The difference between two dimensions of a square bar, each dimension being the distance between opposite sides and both measured at the same cross section. May also apply to the difference in diagonal measurements of plate or sheet products. Overaging ging under conditions of time and temperature greater than those required to obtain maimum change in a certain property, so that the property is altered in the direction of the initial value See ging. Overheating Heating a metal or alloy to such a high temperature that its properties are impaired. When the original properties cannot be restored by further heat treating, by mechanical working, or by combination of working and heat treating, the overheating is known as burning. OygenFree Copper Electrolytic copper free from cuprous oide, produced without the use of residual metallic or metalloidal deoidizers. Pack Rolling Rolling two or more pieces of thin sheet at the same time, a method usually practiced in rolling sheet into thin foil. Pancake Forging rough forged shape which may be obtained quickly with a minimum of tooling. It usually requires considerable machining to attain the finish size. Passivation Generally refers to a process for the surface treatment of stainless steels. Material is subjected to the action of an oidizing solution, usually nitric acid, which augments and strengthens the normal protective oide film enabling the material to resist corrosive attack. The passivating process also removes foreign substances from the surface which might cause local corrosion. Patenting heat treatment applied to medium and highcarbon steel prior to cold drawing to wire. The treatment involves austenitization followed by isothermal transformation at a temperature that produces a microstructure of very fine pearlite.the metal is gradually heated to about 830 (degrees) F., with subsequent cooling, usually in air, in a bath of molten lead, or in a fused salt miture held between 800 (degrees) F. and 050 (degrees) F. K64

359 Glossary of Terms Pearlite eutectoid transformation product of ferrite and cementite that ideally has a lamellar structure but that is always degenerate to some etent. Lamellar structure resembling mother of pearl. compound of iron and carbon occurring in steel as a result of the transformation of austenite into aggregations of ferrite and iron carbide. Peening Mechanical working of metal by hammer blows or shot impingement. Penetrant Inspection method of nondestructive testing for determining the eistence and etent of discontinuities that are open to the surface in the part being inspected. The indications are made visible through the use of a dye or fluorescent chemical in the liquid employed as the inspection medium. Permanent Set Nonelastic or plastic, deformation of metal under stress, after passing the elastic limit. Phosphorus Banding visible band occurring in metals caused by localized phosphide segregations. Photomicrograph photographic reproduction of any object magnified more than ten diameters. The term micrograph may be used. Physical Properties Those properties familiarly discussed in physics, eclusive of those described under mechanical properties; for eample, density, electrical conductivity, coefficient of thermal epansion. This term often has been used to describe mechanical properties, but this usage is not recommended. Pickling Immersion of steel in a dilute solution of acid for the purpose of removing the scale. Piercing Process of spinning and rolling a billet over a mandrel in such a way that a hole is opened in the center. Pig Iron The name for the melted iron produced in a blast furnace, containing a large quantity of carbon (above.5%). Named long ago when molten iron was poured through a trench in the ground to flow into shallow earthen holes, the arrangement looked like newborn pigs suckling. The central channel became known as the sow, and the molds were pigs. Pin Epansion Test test for determining the ability of tubes to be epanded or for revealing the presence of cracks or other longitudinal weaknesses, made by forcing a tapered pin into the open end of a tube. Pipe (Imperfection) The center void in wrought products resulting from the central cavity formed by contraction in metal, especially ingots, during solidification. Pit sharp depression in the surface of the metal. Planishing Producing a smooth surface finish on metal by rapid succession of blows delivered by highly polished dies or by a hammer designed for the purpose, or by rolling in a planishing mill. Plate Sheet steel with a width of more than eight inches, with a thickness ranging from one quarter of an inch to more than one foot (see Sheet Steel). K65

360 Porosity group of gas pores. Glossary of Terms Postheating Heating weldments immediately after welding, for tempering, for stress relieving, or for providing a controlled rate of cooling to prevent formation of a hard or brittle structure. Precipitation Hardening (PH) Hardening caused by the precipitation of a constituent form a supersaturated solid solution. small group of stainless steels with high chromium and nickel content, with the most common types having characteristics close to those of martensitic (plain chromium stainless class with eceptional strength) steels. Heat treatment provides this class with its very high strength and hardness. pplications for PH stainless steels include shafts for pumps and valves as well as aircraft parts. Preheating Heating before some further thermal or mechanical treatment. For tool steel, heating to an intermediate temperature immediately before austenitizing. For some nonferrous alloys, heating to a high temperature for a long time, in order to homogenize the structure before working. Press Forging Forging metal, usually hot, between dies in a press. Pressure Vessel Quality Sheets and plate suitable for applications in pressure vessels and similar purposes. Pressure vessel requirements replace the previously used flange and firebo qualities. Primes Metal products, such as sheet and plate, of the highest quality and free from visible surface defects. Process nnealing In the sheet and wire industries, a process by which a ferrous alloy is heated to a temperature close to, but below, the lower limit of the transformation range and is subsequently cooled. This process is applied in order to soften the alloy for further cold working. Proof Stress () The stress that will cause a specified small permanent set in a material. (2) specified stress to be applied to a member or structure to indicate its ability to withstand service loads. Proportional Limit The greatest stress that the material is capable of sustaining without a deviation from the law of proportionality of stress to strain. PulseEcho Method nondestructive test in which pulses of energy are directed onto a part, and the time for the echo to return from one or more reflecting surfaces is measured. Pyrometer n instrument of various types used for measuring temperatures. Quench & Temper The steel is rapidly cooled from above its critical temperature range (austenitizing) to a temperature far below this range. Water or oil is used to accelerate the cooling. In the asquenched condition, the product is not suitable for more commercial applications because of its poor ductility and high hardness. The steel must, therefore, be tempered in order to soften it somewhere to improve its ductility and toughness and relieve internal stresses. Tempering is a reheating treatment done at temperatures usually in the range between 800 o F and 200 o F. K66

361 Glossary of Terms Quench Cracking The development of fractures in the surface of steel parts as a result of heat treatment that involves rapid cooling. Quench Hardening Hardening a ferrous alloy by austenitizing and then cooling rapidly enough so that some or all of the austenite transforms to martensite. The austenitizing temperature for hypoeutectoid steels is usually above c3 and for hypereutectoid steels usually between c and c (cm). Quenching In the heat treating of metals, the step of cooling metals rapidly in order to obtain desired properties; most commonly accomplished by immersing the metal in oil or water. In the case of most copper base alloys, quenching has no effect other than to hasten cooling. Quenching Medium The medium used for cooling steel during heat treatment usually oil, water, air, or salts. Quenching Temperature The temperature from which steel is quenched during a heat treating process. Radiography nondestructive method of internal eamination in which metal objects are eposed to a beam of Xray or gamma radiation. Differences in thickness, density or absorption, caused by internal defects or inclusions, are apparent in the shadow image either on a fluorescent screen or on photographic film placed behind the object. Random Lengths term indicating no specified minimum or maimum length with lengths falling within the range indicated. Recalescence The liberation of heat due to internal changes, which occurs when steel is cooled through the critical temperature range. Recrystallization () The change from one crystal structure to another, as occurs on heating or cooling through a critical temperature. (2) The formation of a new, strainfree grain structure from that eisting in cold worked metal, usually accomplished by heating. Recrystallization Temperature The approimate minimum temperature at which complete recrystallization of a cold worked metal occurs within a specified time. Red Shortness Brittleness in steel when it is red hot. Reduction Reducing thickness of sheet or strip by hot or cold rolling. Reduction of rea The difference between the original crosssectional area of a tensile specimen and that of the smallest area at the point of rupture. It is usually stated as a percentage of the original area; also called contraction of area. Refinement of Structure See Grain Refinement. Refining Temperature temperature, usually just higher than the transformation range, employed in the heat treatment of steel to refine the structure in particular, the grain size. Refractory Metal metal having an etremely high melting point. In the broad sense, it refers to metals having melting points above the range of iron, cobalt, and nickel. K67

362 Glossary of Terms Regenerative Quenching Quenching carburized parts from two different temperatures to refine case and core (Often called double quenching). Rephosphorizing (Steel) Ladlechemical treatment consisting of the addition of phosphorus as a work hardening agent when temper rolling black plate or sheet steel resulting in greater hardness and stiffness and with a corresponding loss in ductility.. NOTE: Black Plate in tempers T5 and T6 (R/B range 68/84) are temper rolled from Rephosphorized steel. Residual Stress Macroscopic stresses that are set up within a metal as the result of nonuniform plastic deformation. This deformation may be caused by cold working or by drastic gradients of temperature from quenching or welding. Stress remaining in a metal part or structure as a result of welding. Resquaring method of shearing to meet closerthanstandard width, length, and outofsquare tolerances. Resulfurized Steel Steel to which sulfur has been added in controlled amounts after refining. The sulfur is added to improve machinability. Rimmed Steel Lowcarbon steel containing sufficient iron oide to produce continuous evolution of carbon monoide during ingot solidification, resulting in a case or rim of metal virtually free of voids.the rim is of somewhat purer composition than the original metal poured. If the rimming action is stopped shortly after pouring of the ingot is completed, the metal is known as capped steel. Most steels below 0.5% carbon are rimmed steels. For the same carbon and manganese content rimmed steel is softer than killed steel. RMS means of measuring surfaces roughness Root Mean Square. surface with a theoretical zero value has no surface deviations. s the value increases, the roughness increases. Rockwell Hardness (Test) standard method for measuring the hardness of metals. The hardness is epressed as a number related to the depth of residual penetration of a steel ball or diamond cone (brale) after a minor load of 0 kilograms has been applied to hold the penetrator in position. This residual penetration is automatically registered on a dial when the major load is removed from the penetrator. Various dial readings combined with different major loads, five scales designated by letters varying from to H; the B and C scales are most commonly in use. Roll Forming () n operation used in forming sheet. Strips of sheet are passed between rolls of definite settings that bend the sheet progressively into structural members of various contours, sometimes called molded sections. (2) The process of coiling sheet into open cylinders. Rolled Edge The edge on a universal plate when rolled by both vertical and horizontal rolls. Edge shearing is not necessary. Roller Leveler rolling device used for eliminating buckles and waves in steel sheets and strip and for producing sheets of commercial flatness. The roller leveler has sets of rolls that are staggered to fle the sheet as it passes between them. Besides its use in leveling, it has etensive application for minimizing or temporarily eliminating the tendency to develop stretcher strains. K68

363 Glossary of Terms Roll Threading Threading a a bold or screw by rolling it between two grooved die plates, one of which is in motion, or between grooved circular rolls. Rough Machining Machining without regard to finish, usually to be followed by a subsequent operation. Rounds Bars having a circular or round cross section. SE bbreviation for Society of utomotive Engineers. This organization has specified common and alloy steels and copper base alloys in accordance with a numerical inde system allowing approimation of the composition of the metal. The last two digits always indicate the carbon content, usually within 0.05%. Scab blemish caused on a casting by eruption of gas from the mold face or by uneven mold surface or occurring where the skin from a blowhole has partly burned away and is not welded. Scale The oide of iron that forms on the surface of steel after heating. Scaling Forming a thick layer of oidation products on metals at high temperatures. Scalped Etrusion Ingot cast, solid or hollow etrusion ingot which has been machined on the outside surface. Scarfing Cutting surface areas of metal objects, ordinarily by using a gas torch. The operation permits surface defects to be cut from ingots, billets, or the edges of plate that is to be beveled for butt welding. Scleroscope Hardness Test method for measuring the hardness of metals; a diamondpointed hammer drops from a fied distance through a tube onto the smoothed metal surface and the rebound measured. The scleroscope hardness value is empirically taken from the rebound distance, with specified highcarbon steel as 00. Screw Stock Metal in the form or a wire or rod, ordinarily a freemachining type, used for making screw machine products. Seam On the surface of metal a crack that has been closed but not welded; usually produced by some defect either in casting or in working, such as blowholes that have become oidized or folds and laps that have been formed during working. Similar to cold shut and laminations. Secondary Hardening Tempering certain alloy steels at certain temperatures so that the resulting hardness is greater than that obtained by tempering the same steel at some lower temperature for the same time. Segregation Nonuniform distribution of alloying elements, impurities or phases. In an alloy, concentration of alloying elements at specific regions, usually as a result of the primary crystallization of one phase with the subsequent concentration of other elements in the remaining liquid. Semifinished Steel Steel shapes for eample, blooms, billets or slabs that later are rolled into finished products such as beams, bars or sheet. K69

364 Glossary of Terms Semikilled Steel Steel that is incompletely deoidized and contains sufficient dissolved oygen to react with the carbon to form carbon monoide and thus offset solidification shrinkage. Sendzimir Mill mill having two work rolls of to 2 in. diam. each, backed up by two rolls twice that diameter and each of these backed up by bearings on a shaft mounted eccentrically so that rotating it increases the pressure between bearings and backup rolls. Shear Strength The stress required to produce fracture in the plane of a cross section, the conditions of loading being such that the directions of force and of resistance are parallel and opposite although their paths are offset a specified minimum amount. Sheared Edge These plates have an edge produced by shearing (or gas cutting when plates are too thick to shear). Sheared plates or sheared mill plates are trimmed on all four edges. Sheet Steel Thin, flatrolled steel. Coiled sheet steel accounts for nearly onehalf of all steel shipped domestically and is created in a hotstrip mill by rolling a cast slab flat while maintaining the side dimensions. The malleable steel lengthens to several hundred feet as it is squeezed by the rolling mill. The most common differences among steel bars, strip, plate, and sheet are merely their physical dimensions of width and gauge (thickness). Shell Molding Forming a mold from thermosetting resinbonded sand mitures brought in contact with preheated (300 to 500 degrees F) metal patterns, resulting in a firm shell with a cavity corresponding to the outline of the pattern. lso called Croning process. Sherardizing cementation process used to give small steel articles, such as bolts, a corrosion resistant surface of zincrich alloy. The articles are packed with zinc dust in drums which are heated for several hours while slowly rotating. Shieldedrc Welding rc welding in which the arc and the weld metal are protected by a gaseous atmosphere, the products of decomposition of the electrode covering, or a blanket of fusible flu. Shortness form of brittleness in metal. It is designated as cold, hot, and red, to indicate the temperature range in which the brittleness occurs. Siliconizing Diffusing silicon into solid metal, usually steel, at an elevated temperature. Silky Fracture steel fracture that has a very smooth fine grain or silky appearance. Skelp Steel that is the entry material to a pipe mill. It resembles hotrolled strip, but its properties allow for the severe forming and welding operations required for pipe production. Sketch Plates Plates cut to shapes other than rectangular. Skull layer of solidified metal or dross on the walls of a pouring vessel after the metal has been poured. K70

365 Glossary of Terms Slab The most common type of semifinished steel. Traditional slabs measure 0 inches thick and 3085 inches wide (and average about 20 feet long), while the output of the recently developed thin slab casters is approimately two inches thick. Subsequent to casting, slabs are sent to the hotstrip mill to be rolled into coiled sheet and plate products. Slabbing Mill mill for rolling slabs from ingots. Slack Quenching The process of hardening steel by quenching from the austenitizing temperature at a rate slower than the critical cooling rate for the particular steel, resulting in incomplete hardening and the formation of one or more transformation products in addition to or instead of martensite. Slag The impurities in a molten pool of iron. Flu such as limestone may be added to foster the congregation of undesired elements into a slag. Because slag is lighter than iron, it will float on top of the pool, where it can be skimmed. Slip Bands series of parallel lines running across a crystalline grain. Slip bands are formed when the elastic limit is passed by one layer or portion of the crystal slipping over another portion along a plane, known as the slip plane. Slitting Cutting a sheet of steel into narrower strips to match customer needs. Because steel mills have limited fleibility as to the widths of the sheet that they produce, service centers normally will cut the sheet for the customer. Soaking Prolonged heating of a metal at selected temperature. Soldering Joining metals by fusion of alloys that have relatively low melting points most commonly, leadbase or tinbase alloys, which are the soft solders. Hard solders are alloys that have silver, copper, or nickel bases and use of these alloys with melting points higher than 800 (degrees) F. is generally termed brazing. Solidification Range The temperature range through which metal freezes or solidifies. Solid Solution solid crystalline phase containing two or more chemical species in concentrations that may vary between limits imposed by phase equilibrium. Solution Heat Treatment heat treatment in which an alloy is heated to a suitable temperature, held at that temperature long enough to cause one or more constituents to enter into solid solution, and then cooled rapidly enough to hold these constituents in solution. Sonims Sold nonmetallic inclusions in metal. Sorbite Structure of steel, resulting from the tempering of martensite. In a truly sorbitic structure, the cementite is completely dispersed in the matri. The trend is to call this structure tempered martensite. It is a fine miture of ferrite and cementite produced either by regulating the rate of cooling of steel or tempering steel after hardening. The first type is very fine pearlite difficult to resolve under the microscope; the second type is tempered martensite. Spalling The cracking and flaking of particles out of a surface. K7

366 Glossary of Terms Spangle The spangle of a hotdip coated sheet surface is the visual manifestation of the grains that form within the coating when it solidifies as the sheet emerges from the pot of molten coating metal. The spangle or grain varies in size, brightness and surface relief, depending upon a number of factors, most of which are related to the composition of the coating and cooling practices. Special Killed Steels Lowcarbon aluminumkilled steels mainly used for etra deep drawing sheet and strip. Special Quality Produced for applications involving forging, heat treating, cold drawing, machining, etc. Special quality bars are furnished in standard, other than standard, or restricted chemical grades, or to mechanical property specifications. This quality is subject to variations in check analysis. Special Straightness Material furnished to closerthanstandard straightness tolerances as set forth in the ISI manual. Specified Grain Size Grain size can only be specified coarse ( to 5) or fine (5 to 8) ecept in alloy steels which allow a more restrictive requirement. (lso see McQuidEhn Test). Spherodizing Heating and cooling to produce a spherical or globular form of carbide in steel. Spiegel Highmanganese pig iron, containing 530% manganese, approimately 5% carbon, and less than % silicon used in the manufacture of steel by the Bessemer, or basic openhearth process. Spot Welding Welding of lapped parts in which fusion is confined to a relatively small circular area. It is generally resistance welding, but may also be gasshielded tungstenarc, gasshielded metalarc, or submergedarc welding. It is an electricresistance welding process in which the fusion is limited to a small area. The pieces being welded are pressed together between a pair of watercooled electrodes through which an electrical current is passed during a very short interval so that fusion occurs over a small area at the interface between the pieces. Stabilizing Treatment ny treatment intended to stabilize the structure of an alloy or the dimensions of a part. () Heating austenitic stainless steels that contain titanium, columbium, or tantalum to a suitable temperature below that of a full anneal in order to inactivate the maimum amount of carbon by precipitation as a carbide of titanium, columbium, or tantalum. (2) Transforming retained austenite in parts made from tool steel. (3) Precipitating a constituent from a nonferrous solid solution to improve the workability, to decrease the tendency of certain alloys to age harden at room temperature, or to obtain dimensional stability. Standard Gold legally adopted alloy for coinage of gold. In the United States the alloy contains 0% Cu. Static Load load which is sustained without motion such as weight hanging on a string. K72

367 Glossary of Terms Steel n ironbase alloy, malleable in some temperature range as initially cast, containing manganese, usually carbon, and often other alloying elements. In carbon steel and lowalloy steel, the maimum carbon is about 2.0%; in highalloy steel, about 2.5%. The dividing line between lowalloy and highalloy steels is generally regarded as being at about 5% metallic alloying elements. Steel is to be differentiated from two general classes of irons : the cast irons, on the highcarbon side, and the relatively pure irons such as ingot iron, carbonyl iron, and electrolytic iron, on the lowcarbon side. In some steels containing etremely low carbon, the manganese content is the principal differentiating factor, steel usually containing at least 0.25%; ingot iron contains considerably less. Step Down Test sample of steel is machined down to different diameters and inspected at different distances from the surface. Sterling Silver silver alloy containing at least 95.2% g, the remainder being unspecified but usually copper. Strain measure of the change in the size or shape of a body, referred to its original size or shape. Linear strain is the change per unit length of a linear dimension. True strain (or natural strain ) is the natural logarithm of the ratio of the length at the moment of observation to the original gauge length. Conventional strain is the linear strain referred to the original gauge length. Shearing strain (or shear strain ) is the change in angle (epressed in radians) between two lines originally at right angles. When the term strain is used alone it usually refers to the linear strain in the direction of the applied stress. Strain Hardening n increase in hardness and strength caused by plastic deformation at temperatures below the recrystallization range. Strength Properties They are related to the steel s ability to resist applied forces. Strength properties are measured by the tension test. (Tensile strength, yield point, or yield strength). Stress Deforming force to which a body is subjected or the resistance which the body offers to deformation by the force. StressCorrosion Cracking Failure by cracking under the combined action of corrosion and stress, either eternal (applied) or internal (residual). Cracking may be either intergranular or transgranular, depending on the metal and the corrosive medium. Stress Relieving Heating to a suitable temperature, holding long enough to reduce residual stresses and then cooling slowly enough to minimize the development of new residual stresses. StressRupture Test tension test performed at constant temperature, the load being held at such a level as to cause rupture. lso known as creeprupture test. Stretcher Flattening process for removing bow and warpage from sheet by applying a uniform tension between the ends so that the piece is elongate to a definite amount of permanent set. Stretcher Leveled Standard standard of flatness associated with sheet; more stringent than commercial standard of flatness; not necessarily obtained by performing stretcher leveling operations. K73

368 Glossary of Terms Stretcher Strains Elongated markings that appear on the surface of some materials when deformed just past the yield point. These markings lie approimately parallel to the direction of maimum shear stress and are the result of localized yielding. Same as Luders lines. Structural Quality Material suitable for loadbearing applications and typically represents the quality of steel produced under regular or normal manufacturing conditions. Superalloy n alloy developed for very high temperature service where relatively high stresses (tensile, thermal, vibratory, and shock) are encountered and where oidation resistance is frequently required. Superficial Rockwell Hardness Test Form of Rockwell hardness test using relatively light loads which produce minimum penetration. Used for determining surface hardness or hardness of thin sections or small parts, or where large hardness impression might be harmful. Swaging Shaping metal by causing it to flow in a swage by pressing, rolling or hammering (also called swedging). Sweep The greatest deviation of a structural shape from a straight line in the direction of length parallel with its web. In reference to wide flange (W) shapes, standard (S) beams, miscellaneous (M) shapes, and channels (C, MC), sweep denotes the curvature from the plane of the web in the length of these shapes. Tack Welds Small scattered welds made to hold parts of a weldment in proper alignment while the final welds are being made. Tapping Transferring molten metal from melting furnace to ladle. Teeming Pouring molten metal from a ladle into ingot molds. The term applies particularly to the specific operation of pouring either iron or steel into ingot molds. Temper () In heat treatment, reheating hardened steel or hardened cast iron to some temperature below the eutectoid temperature for the purpose of decreasing the hardness and increasing the toughness. The process also is sometimes applied to normalized steel. (2) In tool steels, temper is sometimes used, but unadvisedly, to denote the carbon content. (3) In nonferrous alloys and in some ferrous alloys (steels that cannot be hardened by heat treatment), the hardness and strength produced by mechanical or thermal treatment, or both, and characterized by a certain structure, mechanical properties, or reduction in area during cold working. It is the state of or condition of a metal as to its hardness or toughness produced by either thermal treatment or heat treatment and quench or cold working or a combination of same in order to bring the metal to its specified consistency. Each branch of the metal producing industry has developed its own system of temper designates. In flat rolled products including sheet and strip steel, tin mill products, stainless strip, aluminum sheet and copper base alloy strip. K74

369 Glossary of Terms Temper Brittleness Brittleness that results when certain steels are held within, or are cooled slowly through, a certain range of temperature below the transformation range. The brittleness is revealed by notchedbar impact tests at or below room temperature. Temper Carbon form of graphite in ironbase alloys produced by heating below the melting point. Tempering process of reheating quenchhardened or normalized steel to a temperature below the transformation range and then cooling at any rate desired. The primary purpose of tempering is to impart a degree of plasticity or toughness to the steel to alleviate the brittleness of its martensite. Tension Leveling process for improving flatness in coils by pulling in tension. Tensile Strength The maimum load per unit of original crosssectional area obtained before rupture of a tensile specimen. Thermal Stresses Stresses in metal most often resulting from nonuniform or localized heating and cooling. ThroughHardened Description of a steel part that has been quenched to substantially the same hardness over its entire cross section. Tin Plate Thin sheet steel with a very thin coating of metallic tin. Tin plate is used primarily in can making. TMW Pricing (Theoretical Minimum Weight) method of billing sheet and strip products at the theoretical weight calculated on the basis of the minimum specific thickness, width, and length. Tolerance Specified limits of deviation from a dimension. Tong Hold The portion of a forging billet, usually on one end, that is gripped by the operator s tongs. It is removed from the part at the end of the forging operation. Common to drophammer and presstype forging. Torsion twisting action resulting in shear stresses and strains. Toughness n indication of a steel s capacity to absorb energy, particularly in the presence of a notch or a crack. Transformation Ranges (Transformation Temperature Ranges) Those ranges of temperature within which austenite forms during heating and transforms during cooling. The two ranges are distinct, sometimes overlapping but never coinciding. The limiting temperatures of the ranges depend on the composition of the alloy and on the rate of change of temperature, particularly during cooling. K75

370 Glossary of Terms Transformation Temperature The temperature at which a change in phase occurs. The term is sometimes used to denote the limiting temperature of a transformation range. The following symbols are used for iron and steels:. c(cm) In hypereutectoid steel, the temperature at which the solution of cementite in austenite is completed during heating.. c The temperature at which austenite begins to form during heating.. c3 The temperature at which transformation of ferrite to austenite is completed during heating.. c4 The temperature at which austenite transforms to delta ferrite during heating.. e(cm) e e3 e4 The temperatures of phase changes at equilibrium.. r(cm) In hypereutectoid steel, the temperature at which precipitation of cementite starts during cooling.. r The temperature at which transformation of austenite to ferrite or to ferrite plus cementite is completed during cooling.. r3 The temperature at which austenite begins to transform to ferrite during cooling.. r4 The temperature at which delta ferrite transforms to austenite during cooling.. M(5) (or r) The temperature at which transformation of austenite to martensite starts during cooling.. M(f) The temperature at which martensite formation finishes during cooling.. NOTE: ll these changes ecept the formation of martensite occur at lower temperatures during cooling than during heating, and depend on the rate of change of temperature. Transition Temperature () n arbitrarily defined temperature within the temperature range in which metal fracture characteristics determined usually by notched tests are changing rapidly such as from primarily fibrous (shear) to primarily crystalline (cleavage) fracture. Commonly used definitions are transition temperature for 50% cleavage fracture, 0ftlb transition temperature, and transition temperature for half maimum energy. (2) Sometimes also used to denote the arbitrarily defined temperature in a range in which the ductility changes rapidly with temperature. Transverse Literally, across, usually signifying a direction or plane perpendicular to the direction of working. Trepanning type of boring where an annual cut is made into a solid material with the coincidental formation of a plug or solid cylinder. Troosite previously unresolvable rapidly etching fine aggregate of carbide and ferrite produced either by tempering martensite at low temperature or by quenching a steel at a rate slower than the critical cooling rate. Preferred terminology for the first product is tempered martensite; for the latter, fine pearlite. Turning & Polishing The process of cold finishing hot rolled bars by machining to the desired size on a lathe or turning machine, then polishing by rotating them through hardened steel rolls. Turning completely removes the bar surface and with it, decarburization, seams, slivers and other surface imperfections. Polishing produces a finer, brighter, smoother finish than is obtained by cold drawing. In some cases turned bars may subsequently be subjected to grinding and polishing operations. Ultimate Strength The maimum conventional stress, tensile, compressive, or shear, that a material can withstand. Ultrasonic Frequency frequency, associated with elastic waves, that is greater than the highest audible frequency, generally regarded as being higher than 5 kc per sec. K76

371 Glossary of Terms Ultrasonic Waves Waves of ultrasonic frequency. They include longitudinal, transverse, surface and standing waves. Universal Mill rolling mill in which rolls with a vertical ais roll the edges of the metal stock between some of the passes through the horizontal rolls. U.M. Plate Universal Mill Plate or plate rolled to width by vertical rolls as well as to thickness by horizontal rolls. Edge shearing is not necessary. Upsetting () metal working operation similar to forging. (2) The process of aial flow under aial compression of metal, as in forming heads on rivets by flattening the end of wire. Vacuum Degassing steel making process which permits cyclic degassing plus the addition of alloying materials to molten steel in the absence of air prior to teeming. Undesirable oide content is reduced. Vacuum Induction Melting Steel is melted in an induction electric furnace in vacuum chambers which also contain the ingot molds into which the melted steel is cast. Charging, melting and casting are all performed under vacuum, reducing undesirable oide content. Vickers Hardness (Test) Standard method for measuring the hardness of metals, particularly those with etremely hard surfaces: the surface is subjected to a standard pressure for a standard length of time by means of a pyramidshaped diamond. The diagonal of the resulting indention is measured under a microscope and the Vickers Hardness value read from a conversion table. Water Quench (In steel heat treatment). Cooling steel from its quenching temperature with water. Wear Resistance The ability to withstand impairment or loss of material due to rubbing or other frictional action. Welding process used to join metals by the application of heat. Fusion welding, which includes gas, arc, and resistance welding, requires that the parent metals be melted. This distinguishes fusion welding from brazing. In pressure welding joining is accomplished by the use of heat and pressure without melting. The parts that are being welded are pressed together and heated simultaneously, so that recrystallization occurs across the interface. Wetting phenomenon involving a solid and a liquid in such intimate contact that the adhesive force between the two phases is greater than the cohesive force within the liquid. Thus a solid that is wetted, on being removed from the liquid bath, will have a thing continuous layer of liquid adhering to it. Foreign substances such as grease may prevent wetting. ddition agents, such as detergents, may induce wetting by lowering the surface tension of the liquid. Widmanstatten Structure structure characterized by a geometrical pattern resulting from the formation of a new phase along certain crystallographic planes of the parent solid solution. The orientation of the lattice in the new phase is related crystallographically to the orientation of the lattice in the parent phase. The structure was originally observed in meteorites but is readily produced in many other alloys with certain heat treatment. K77

372 Glossary of Terms Workability The characteristic or group of characteristic that determines the ease of forming a metal into desired shapes. Work Hardness Hardness resulting from mechanical working. Wrought Iron Iron containing only a very small amount of other elements, but containing 3% by weight of slag in the form of particles elongated in one direction, giving the iron a characteristic grain. Is more rustresistant than steel and welds more easily. Yield Point The load per unit of original cross section at which, in soft steel, a marked increase in deformation occurs without increase in load. Yield Strength (YS) The stress at which a material ehibits a specified limiting deviation from the proportionality of stress to strain. The deviation is epressed in terms of strain. lso known as proof stress. Young s Modulus The coefficient of elasticity of stretching. For a stretched wire, Young s Modulus is the ratio of the stretching force per unit crosssectional area to the elongation per unit length. The values of Young s Modulus for metals are of the order 0(2) dynes per square cm. Zyglo Inspection Metals are treated with a special dye containing water washable oil which has the power to penetrate etremely small surface cracks. The part is then illuminated with short wavelength light called black light, causing the dye to glow with fluorescence thus indicating the size and location of cracks or other defects. K78

373 Fort Smith 600 South 7th Street P.O. Bo 89 Fort Smith, R Phone (479) Fa (479) Toll Free (800) Joplin 027 Byers venue P.O. Bo 746 Joplin, MO Phone (47) Fa (888) Toll Free (800) Oklahoma City 6060 SW 44th St. P.O. Bo 940 Oklahoma City, OK Phone (405) Fa (405) Toll Free (866) Little Rock 4324 Mauney Road P.O. Bo 3297 Little Rock, R Phone (50) Fa (50) Toll Free (866) Total commitment to provide customers with the best overall service and value in the metals service center industry.